blob: 804a5fc87c4373be5aa377e8145ee4fade988e0f [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001//===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +000016#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000017#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +000018#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000019#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +000021#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +000022#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregorbf3af052008-11-13 20:12:29 +000023#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000024#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000025#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
26#include <algorithm>
Torok Edwinf42e4a62009-08-24 13:25:12 +000027#include <cstdio>
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000028
29namespace clang {
30
31/// GetConversionCategory - Retrieve the implicit conversion
32/// category corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000033ImplicitConversionCategory
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000034GetConversionCategory(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
35 static const ImplicitConversionCategory
36 Category[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
37 ICC_Identity,
38 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
39 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
40 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
41 ICC_Qualification_Adjustment,
42 ICC_Promotion,
43 ICC_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +000044 ICC_Promotion,
45 ICC_Conversion,
46 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000047 ICC_Conversion,
48 ICC_Conversion,
49 ICC_Conversion,
50 ICC_Conversion,
51 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +000052 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +000053 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000054 ICC_Conversion
55 };
56 return Category[(int)Kind];
57}
58
59/// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank
60/// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
61ImplicitConversionRank GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
62 static const ImplicitConversionRank
63 Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
64 ICR_Exact_Match,
65 ICR_Exact_Match,
66 ICR_Exact_Match,
67 ICR_Exact_Match,
68 ICR_Exact_Match,
69 ICR_Promotion,
70 ICR_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +000071 ICR_Promotion,
72 ICR_Conversion,
73 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000074 ICR_Conversion,
75 ICR_Conversion,
76 ICR_Conversion,
77 ICR_Conversion,
78 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +000079 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +000080 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000081 ICR_Conversion
82 };
83 return Rank[(int)Kind];
84}
85
86/// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of
87/// implicit conversion.
88const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
89 static const char* Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
90 "No conversion",
91 "Lvalue-to-rvalue",
92 "Array-to-pointer",
93 "Function-to-pointer",
94 "Qualification",
95 "Integral promotion",
96 "Floating point promotion",
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +000097 "Complex promotion",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000098 "Integral conversion",
99 "Floating conversion",
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000100 "Complex conversion",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000101 "Floating-integral conversion",
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000102 "Complex-real conversion",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000103 "Pointer conversion",
104 "Pointer-to-member conversion",
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000105 "Boolean conversion",
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000106 "Compatible-types conversion",
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000107 "Derived-to-base conversion"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000108 };
109 return Name[Kind];
110}
111
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000112/// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion
113/// sequence to the identity conversion.
114void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() {
115 First = ICK_Identity;
116 Second = ICK_Identity;
117 Third = ICK_Identity;
118 Deprecated = false;
119 ReferenceBinding = false;
120 DirectBinding = false;
Sebastian Redl85002392009-03-29 22:46:24 +0000121 RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000122 CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000123}
124
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000125/// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence
126/// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the
127/// implicit conversions.
128ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const {
129 ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match;
130 if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank)
131 Rank = GetConversionRank(First);
132 if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank)
133 Rank = GetConversionRank(Second);
134 if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank)
135 Rank = GetConversionRank(Third);
136 return Rank;
137}
138
139/// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is
140/// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000141/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000142/// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000143bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000144 QualType FromType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
145 QualType ToType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtr);
146
147 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
148 // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so
149 // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is
150 // a pointer.
151 if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +0000152 (FromType->isPointerType() || FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000153 First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer))
154 return true;
155
156 return false;
157}
158
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000159/// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this
160/// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is
161/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++
162/// 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000163bool
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000164StandardConversionSequence::
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000165isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const {
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000166 QualType FromType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
167 QualType ToType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtr);
168
169 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
170 // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence
171 // and redo the conversion to get a pointer.
172 if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
173 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
174
175 if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000176 if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000177 return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType();
178
179 return false;
180}
181
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000182/// DebugPrint - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard
183/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
184void StandardConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
185 bool PrintedSomething = false;
186 if (First != ICK_Identity) {
187 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(First));
188 PrintedSomething = true;
189 }
190
191 if (Second != ICK_Identity) {
192 if (PrintedSomething) {
193 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
194 }
195 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(Second));
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000196
197 if (CopyConstructor) {
198 fprintf(stderr, " (by copy constructor)");
199 } else if (DirectBinding) {
200 fprintf(stderr, " (direct reference binding)");
201 } else if (ReferenceBinding) {
202 fprintf(stderr, " (reference binding)");
203 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000204 PrintedSomething = true;
205 }
206
207 if (Third != ICK_Identity) {
208 if (PrintedSomething) {
209 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
210 }
211 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(Third));
212 PrintedSomething = true;
213 }
214
215 if (!PrintedSomething) {
216 fprintf(stderr, "No conversions required");
217 }
218}
219
220/// DebugPrint - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard
221/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
222void UserDefinedConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
223 if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) {
224 Before.DebugPrint();
225 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
226 }
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000227 fprintf(stderr, "'%s'", ConversionFunction->getNameAsString().c_str());
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000228 if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) {
229 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
230 After.DebugPrint();
231 }
232}
233
234/// DebugPrint - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard
235/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
236void ImplicitConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
237 switch (ConversionKind) {
238 case StandardConversion:
239 fprintf(stderr, "Standard conversion: ");
240 Standard.DebugPrint();
241 break;
242 case UserDefinedConversion:
243 fprintf(stderr, "User-defined conversion: ");
244 UserDefined.DebugPrint();
245 break;
246 case EllipsisConversion:
247 fprintf(stderr, "Ellipsis conversion");
248 break;
249 case BadConversion:
250 fprintf(stderr, "Bad conversion");
251 break;
252 }
253
254 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
255}
256
257// IsOverload - Determine whether the given New declaration is an
258// overload of the Old declaration. This routine returns false if New
259// and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if they are functions with the
260// same signature (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old declaration isn't a
261// function (or overload set). When it does return false and Old is an
262// OverloadedFunctionDecl, MatchedDecl will be set to point to the
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263// FunctionDecl that New cannot be overloaded with.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000264//
265// Example: Given the following input:
266//
267// void f(int, float); // #1
268// void f(int, int); // #2
269// int f(int, int); // #3
270//
271// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f",
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000272// so IsOverload will not be used.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000273//
274// When we process #2, Old is a FunctionDecl for #1. By comparing the
275// parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded (since they
276// have different signatures), so this routine returns false;
277// MatchedDecl is unchanged.
278//
279// When we process #3, Old is an OverloadedFunctionDecl containing #1
280// and #2. We compare the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded,
281// so we do nothing) and then #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and
282// #2 are identical (return types of functions are not part of the
283// signature), IsOverload returns false and MatchedDecl will be set to
284// point to the FunctionDecl for #2.
285bool
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000286Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, Decl* OldD,
287 OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator& MatchedDecl) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000288 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl* Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
289 // Is this new function an overload of every function in the
290 // overload set?
291 OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
292 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
293 for (; Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
294 if (!IsOverload(New, *Func, MatchedDecl)) {
295 MatchedDecl = Func;
296 return false;
297 }
298 }
299
300 // This function overloads every function in the overload set.
301 return true;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +0000302 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Old = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
303 return IsOverload(New, Old->getTemplatedDecl(), MatchedDecl);
304 else if (FunctionDecl* Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000305 FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000306 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
307
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000308 // C++ [temp.fct]p2:
309 // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates
310 // and with normal (non-template) functions.
311 if ((OldTemplate == 0) != (NewTemplate == 0))
312 return true;
313
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000314 // Is the function New an overload of the function Old?
315 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
316 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
317
318 // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to
319 // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch
320 // in the signature, they are overloads.
321
322 // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no
323 // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000324 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) ||
325 isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr()))
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000326 return false;
327
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000328 FunctionProtoType* OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType);
329 FunctionProtoType* NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000330
331 // The signature of a function includes the types of its
332 // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence
333 // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357).
334 if (OldQType != NewQType &&
335 (OldType->getNumArgs() != NewType->getNumArgs() ||
336 OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() ||
337 !std::equal(OldType->arg_type_begin(), OldType->arg_type_end(),
338 NewType->arg_type_begin())))
339 return true;
340
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000341 // C++ [temp.over.link]p4:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000342 // The signature of a function template consists of its function
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000343 // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names
344 // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000345 // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000346 // signature.
347 //
348 // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function
349 // templates first; the remaining checks follow.
350 if (NewTemplate &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000351 (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
352 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
Douglas Gregorfb898e12009-11-12 16:20:59 +0000353 false, TPL_TemplateMatch) ||
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000354 OldType->getResultType() != NewType->getResultType()))
355 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000356
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000357 // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the
358 // cv-qualifiers (if any) on the function itself.
359 //
360 // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions
361 // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++
362 // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature,
363 // this check is important to determine whether these functions
364 // can be overloaded.
365 CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
366 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000367 if (OldMethod && NewMethod &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000368 !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic() &&
Douglas Gregor1ca50c32008-11-21 15:36:28 +0000369 OldMethod->getTypeQualifiers() != NewMethod->getTypeQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000370 return true;
371
372 // The signatures match; this is not an overload.
373 return false;
374 } else {
375 // (C++ 13p1):
376 // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type
377 // declarations cannot be overloaded.
378 return false;
379 }
380}
381
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000382/// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion
383/// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This
384/// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used
385/// to perform the initialization. Given
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000386///
387/// void f(float f);
388/// void g(int i) { f(i); }
389///
390/// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to
391/// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard
392/// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++
393/// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9).
394//
395/// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be
396/// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such,
397/// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available,
398/// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind
399/// "BadConversion".
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000400///
401/// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are
402/// not permitted.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000403/// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are
404/// permitted.
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000405/// If @p ForceRValue, then overloading is performed as if From was an rvalue,
406/// no matter its actual lvalueness.
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000407/// If @p UserCast, the implicit conversion is being done for a user-specified
408/// cast.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000409ImplicitConversionSequence
Anders Carlsson2974b5c2009-08-27 17:14:02 +0000410Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
411 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000412 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue,
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000413 bool InOverloadResolution,
414 bool UserCast) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000415 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Fariborz Jahanian78cf9a22009-09-15 00:10:11 +0000416 OverloadCandidateSet Conversions;
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000417 OverloadingResult UserDefResult = OR_Success;
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000418 if (IsStandardConversion(From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, ICS.Standard))
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000419 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000420 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000421 (UserDefResult = IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType,
422 ICS.UserDefined,
Fariborz Jahanian78cf9a22009-09-15 00:10:11 +0000423 Conversions,
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000424 !SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit,
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000425 ForceRValue, UserCast)) == OR_Success) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000426 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000427 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
428 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
429 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
430 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
431 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy
432 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
433 // called for those cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000435 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000436 QualType FromCanon
Douglas Gregor2b1e0032009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000437 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
438 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
439 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000440 // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it
441 // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences.
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000442 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
443 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
444 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = From->getType().getAsOpaquePtr();
445 ICS.Standard.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000446 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor;
Douglas Gregor2b1e0032009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000447 if (ToCanon != FromCanon)
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000448 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
449 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000450 }
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +0000451
452 // C++ [over.best.ics]p4:
453 // However, when considering the argument of a user-defined
454 // conversion function that is a candidate by 13.3.1.3 when
455 // invoked for the copying of the temporary in the second step
456 // of a class copy-initialization, or by 13.3.1.4, 13.3.1.5, or
457 // 13.3.1.6 in all cases, only standard conversion sequences and
458 // ellipsis conversion sequences are allowed.
459 if (SuppressUserConversions &&
460 ICS.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion)
461 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000462 } else {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000463 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000464 if (UserDefResult == OR_Ambiguous) {
465 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin();
466 Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand)
Fariborz Jahanian27687cf2009-10-12 17:51:19 +0000467 if (Cand->Viable)
468 ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.push_back(Cand->Function);
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000469 }
470 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000471
472 return ICS;
473}
474
475/// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard
476/// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the
477/// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences
478/// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class
479/// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will
480/// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this
481/// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this
482/// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000483bool
484Sema::IsStandardConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000485 bool InOverloadResolution,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000486 StandardConversionSequence &SCS) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000487 QualType FromType = From->getType();
488
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000489 // Standard conversions (C++ [conv])
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000490 SCS.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000491 SCS.Deprecated = false;
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000492 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000493 SCS.FromTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000494 SCS.CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000495
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000496 // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000497 // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000498 if (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType()) {
499 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
500 return false;
501
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000502 // When we're overloading in C, we allow, as standard conversions,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000503 }
504
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000505 // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion,
506 // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion
507 // (C++ 4p1).
508
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000509 // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ 4.1):
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000510 // An lvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can be
511 // converted to an rvalue.
512 Expr::isLvalueResult argIsLvalue = From->isLvalue(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000513 if (argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000514 !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() &&
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000515 Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != Context.OverloadTy) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000516 SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000517
518 // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
519 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000520 // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we
521 // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000522 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000523 } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) {
524 // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2)
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000525 SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000526
527 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown
528 // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to
529 // T" (C++ 4.2p1).
530 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
531
532 if (IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) {
533 // This conversion is deprecated. (C++ D.4).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000534 SCS.Deprecated = true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000535
536 // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution
537 // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an
538 // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification
539 // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2)
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000540 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
541 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
542 SCS.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
543 return true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000544 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000545 } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid) {
546 // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000547 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000548
549 // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of
550 // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the
551 // function. (C++ 4.3p1).
552 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000553 } else if (FunctionDecl *Fn
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000554 = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false)) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000555 // Address of overloaded function (C++ [over.over]).
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000556 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
557
558 // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function,
559 // so we can convert to the type of that function.
560 FromType = Fn->getType();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000561 if (ToType->isLValueReferenceType())
562 FromType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FromType);
563 else if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType())
564 FromType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FromType);
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +0000565 else if (ToType->isMemberPointerType()) {
566 // Resolve address only succeeds if both sides are member pointers,
567 // but it doesn't have to be the same class. See DR 247.
568 // Note that this means that the type of &Derived::fn can be
569 // Ret (Base::*)(Args) if the fn overload actually found is from the
570 // base class, even if it was brought into the derived class via a
571 // using declaration. The standard isn't clear on this issue at all.
572 CXXMethodDecl *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn);
573 FromType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType,
574 Context.getTypeDeclType(M->getParent()).getTypePtr());
575 } else
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000576 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000577 } else {
578 // We don't require any conversions for the first step.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000579 SCS.First = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000580 }
581
582 // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating
583 // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion,
584 // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion,
585 // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000586 // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type"
587 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000588 bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000589 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000590 // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no
591 // conversion to do.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000592 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000593 } else if (IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000594 // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000595 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000596 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000597 } else if (IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
598 // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000599 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000600 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000601 } else if (IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
602 // Complex promotion (Clang extension)
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000603 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion;
604 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000605 } else if ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000606 (ToType->isIntegralType() && !ToType->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000607 // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7).
608 // FIXME: isIntegralType shouldn't be true for enums in C++.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000609 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000610 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000611 } else if (FromType->isFloatingType() && ToType->isFloatingType()) {
612 // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000613 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000614 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000615 } else if (FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isComplexType()) {
616 // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6)
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000617 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion;
618 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000619 } else if ((FromType->isFloatingType() &&
620 ToType->isIntegralType() && (!ToType->isBooleanType() &&
621 !ToType->isEnumeralType())) ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000622 ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000623 ToType->isFloatingType())) {
624 // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9).
625 // FIXME: isIntegralType shouldn't be true for enums in C++.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000626 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000627 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000628 } else if ((FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) ||
629 (ToType->isComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) {
630 // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7)
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000631 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real;
632 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000633 } else if (IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
634 FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000635 // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000636 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000637 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000638 } else if (IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType,
639 InOverloadResolution, FromType)) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000640 // Pointer to member conversions (4.11).
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +0000641 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000642 } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
643 (FromType->isArithmeticType() ||
644 FromType->isEnumeralType() ||
645 FromType->isPointerType() ||
646 FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
647 FromType->isMemberPointerType() ||
648 FromType->isNullPtrType())) {
649 // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000650 SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000651 FromType = Context.BoolTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000652 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000653 Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) {
654 // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading)
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000655 SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000656 } else {
657 // No second conversion required.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000658 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000659 }
660
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000661 QualType CanonFrom;
662 QualType CanonTo;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000663 // The third conversion can be a qualification conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +0000664 if (IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000665 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000666 FromType = ToType;
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000667 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
668 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000669 } else {
670 // No conversion required
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000671 SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;
672
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000673 // C++ [over.best.ics]p6:
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000674 // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is
675 // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute
676 // a conversion. [...]
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000677 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000678 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000679 if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType()
680 == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() &&
681 CanonFrom.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalCVRQualifiers()) {
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000682 FromType = ToType;
683 CanonFrom = CanonTo;
684 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000685 }
686
687 // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type,
688 // this is a bad conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000689 if (CanonFrom != CanonTo)
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000690 return false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000691
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000692 SCS.ToTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
693 return true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000694}
695
696/// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the
697/// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to
698/// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and
699/// sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000700bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000701 const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Sebastian Redlf7be9442008-11-04 15:59:10 +0000702 // All integers are built-in.
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000703 if (!To) {
704 return false;
705 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000706
707 // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or
708 // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if
709 // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise,
710 // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned
711 // int (C++ 4.5p1).
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000712 if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000713 if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int
714 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() ||
715 // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is
716 // less than int to an int.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000717 (!FromType->isSignedIntegerType() &&
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000718 Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType)))) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000719 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000720 }
721
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000722 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
723 }
724
725 // An rvalue of type wchar_t (3.9.1) or an enumeration type (7.2)
726 // can be converted to an rvalue of the first of the following types
727 // that can represent all the values of its underlying type: int,
728 // unsigned int, long, or unsigned long (C++ 4.5p2).
729 if ((FromType->isEnumeralType() || FromType->isWideCharType())
730 && ToType->isIntegerType()) {
731 // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or
732 // unsigned.
733 bool FromIsSigned;
734 uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000735 if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000736 QualType UnderlyingType = FromEnumType->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
737 FromIsSigned = UnderlyingType->isSignedIntegerType();
738 } else {
739 // FIXME: Is wchar_t signed or unsigned? We assume it's signed for now.
740 FromIsSigned = true;
741 }
742
743 // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate
744 // order. Try each of these types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000745 QualType PromoteTypes[6] = {
746 Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy,
Douglas Gregorc9467cf2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000747 Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy ,
748 Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000749 };
Douglas Gregorc9467cf2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000750 for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000751 uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
752 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000753 (FromSize == ToSize &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000754 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) {
755 // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the
756 // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no
757 // promotion.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000758 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000759 }
760 }
761 }
762
763 // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an
764 // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the
765 // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if
766 // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If
767 // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to
768 // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any
769 // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3).
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000770 // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the
771 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000772 using llvm::APSInt;
773 if (From)
774 if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getBitField()) {
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000775 APSInt BitWidth;
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000776 if (FromType->isIntegralType() && !FromType->isEnumeralType() &&
777 MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidth, Context)) {
778 APSInt ToSize(BitWidth.getBitWidth(), BitWidth.isUnsigned());
779 ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000780
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000781 // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int?
782 if (BitWidth < ToSize ||
783 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize)) {
784 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
785 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000786
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000787 // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield
788 // that fits into an unsigned int?
789 if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize) {
790 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
791 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000792
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000793 return false;
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000794 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000795 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000796
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000797 // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int,
798 // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4).
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000799 if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000800 return true;
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000801 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000802
803 return false;
804}
805
806/// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
807/// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so,
808/// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000809bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000810 /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type
811 /// double. (C++ 4.6p1).
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000812 if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>())
813 if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000814 if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float &&
815 ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
816 return true;
817
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000818 // C99 6.3.1.5p1:
819 // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a
820 // double is promoted to long double [...].
821 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
822 (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
823 FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) &&
824 (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble))
825 return true;
826 }
827
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000828 return false;
829}
830
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000831/// \brief Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion.
832///
833/// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion
834/// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a
Douglas Gregorb7b5d132009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000835/// floating-point or integral promotion.
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000836bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000837 const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000838 if (!FromComplex)
839 return false;
840
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000841 const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000842 if (!ToComplex)
843 return false;
844
845 return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(),
Douglas Gregorb7b5d132009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000846 ToComplex->getElementType()) ||
847 IsIntegralPromotion(0, FromComplex->getElementType(),
848 ToComplex->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000849}
850
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000851/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
852/// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the
853/// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType,
854/// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have
855/// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000856static QualType
857BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const PointerType *FromPtr,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000858 QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType,
859 ASTContext &Context) {
860 QualType CanonFromPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType());
861 QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000862 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000863
864 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000865 if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) {
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000866 // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000867 if (!ToType.isNull())
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000868 return ToType;
869
870 // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers
871 // already.
872 return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee);
873 }
874
875 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000876 return Context.getPointerType(
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000877 Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(),
878 Quals));
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000879}
880
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000881static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr,
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000882 bool InOverloadResolution,
883 ASTContext &Context) {
884 // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly.
885 // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
886 if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() &&
887 Expr->getType()->isIntegralType())
888 return !InOverloadResolution;
889
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000890 return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
891 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
892 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000893}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000894
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000895/// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
896/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType,
897/// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++
898/// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that
899/// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into
900/// ConvertedType.
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000901///
Douglas Gregor7ca09762008-11-27 01:19:21 +0000902/// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers
903/// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and
904/// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the
905/// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to
906/// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however,
907/// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000908/// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be
909/// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that
910/// should result in a warning.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000911bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000912 bool InOverloadResolution,
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000913 QualType& ConvertedType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000914 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000915 IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +0000916 if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC))
917 return true;
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000918
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000919 // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type.
920 if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000921 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor27b09ac2008-12-22 20:51:52 +0000922 ConvertedType = ToType;
923 return true;
924 }
925
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000926 // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*.
927 if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000928 ToType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000929 ConvertedType = ToType;
930 return true;
931 }
932 // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block
933 // pointer type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000934 if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() &&
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000935 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000936 ConvertedType = ToType;
937 return true;
938 }
939
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000940 // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null
941 // pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000942 if (ToType->isNullPtrType() &&
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000943 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000944 ConvertedType = ToType;
945 return true;
946 }
947
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000948 const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000949 if (!ToTypePtr)
950 return false;
951
952 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1).
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000953 if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000954 ConvertedType = ToType;
955 return true;
956 }
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000957
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000958 // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000959 const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000960 if (!FromTypePtr)
961 return false;
962
963 QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType();
964 QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
965
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000966 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type,
967 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++
968 // 4.10p2).
Douglas Gregorbad0e652009-03-24 20:32:41 +0000969 if (FromPointeeType->isObjectType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000970 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbf408182008-11-27 00:52:49 +0000971 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000972 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000973 return true;
974 }
975
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000976 // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer
977 // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000978 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000979 Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000980 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000981 ToPointeeType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000982 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000983 return true;
984 }
985
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000986 // C++ [conv.ptr]p3:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000987 //
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000988 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type,
989 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where
990 // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible
991 // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that
992 // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the
993 // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the
994 // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to
995 // the null pointer value of the destination type.
996 //
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +0000997 // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility
998 // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion.
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000999 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1000 FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
Douglas Gregor2685eab2009-10-29 23:08:22 +00001001 !RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), FromPointeeType, PDiag()) &&
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001002 IsDerivedFrom(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001003 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbf408182008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001004 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001005 ToType, Context);
1006 return true;
1007 }
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001008
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001009 return false;
1010}
1011
1012/// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an
1013/// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion,
1014/// with the same arguments and return values.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001015bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001016 QualType& ConvertedType,
1017 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
1018 if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1)
1019 return false;
1020
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001021 // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001022 const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001023 const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001024 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001025
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001026 if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001027 // Objective C++: We're able to convert between "id" or "Class" and a
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001028 // pointer to any interface (in both directions).
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001029 if (ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType() && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001030 ConvertedType = ToType;
1031 return true;
1032 }
1033 // Conversions with Objective-C's id<...>.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001034 if ((FromObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001035 ToObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001036 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType,
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00001037 /*compare=*/false)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001038 ConvertedType = ToType;
1039 return true;
1040 }
1041 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to an
1042 // interface to a pointer to a different interface.
1043 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) {
1044 ConvertedType = ToType;
1045 return true;
1046 }
1047
1048 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) {
1049 // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C
1050 // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to
1051 // complain about it.
1052 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1053 ConvertedType = FromType;
1054 return true;
1055 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001056 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001057 // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers.
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001058 QualType ToPointeeType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001059 if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001060 ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001061 else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001062 ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1063 else
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001064 return false;
1065
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001066 QualType FromPointeeType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001067 if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001068 FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001069 else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001070 FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1071 else
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001072 return false;
1073
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001074 // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this
1075 // is an Objective-C conversion.
1076 if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() &&
1077 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1078 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1079 // We always complain about this conversion.
1080 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1081 ConvertedType = ToType;
1082 return true;
1083 }
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001084 // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001085 // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
1086 // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but
1087 // complain about it).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001088 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001089 = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001090 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001091 = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001092 if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) {
1093 // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an
1094 // Objective-C pointer conversion.
1095 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType)
1096 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType))
1097 return false;
1098
1099 // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
1100 // function types are obviously different.
1101 if (FromFunctionType->getNumArgs() != ToFunctionType->getNumArgs() ||
1102 FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() ||
1103 FromFunctionType->getTypeQuals() != ToFunctionType->getTypeQuals())
1104 return false;
1105
1106 bool HasObjCConversion = false;
1107 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getResultType())
1108 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getResultType())) {
1109 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1110 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getResultType(),
1111 ToFunctionType->getResultType(),
1112 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1113 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1114 HasObjCConversion = true;
1115 } else {
1116 // Function types are too different. Abort.
1117 return false;
1118 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001119
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001120 // Check argument types.
1121 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
1122 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
1123 QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1124 QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1125 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType)
1126 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) {
1127 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1128 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType,
1129 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1130 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1131 HasObjCConversion = true;
1132 } else {
1133 // Argument types are too different. Abort.
1134 return false;
1135 }
1136 }
1137
1138 if (HasObjCConversion) {
1139 // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer
1140 // conversion, but complain about it.
1141 ConvertedType = ToType;
1142 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1143 return true;
1144 }
1145 }
1146
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001147 return false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001148}
1149
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001150/// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the
1151/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00001152/// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001153/// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned
1154/// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an
1155/// error, or returns false otherwise.
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001156bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redla82e4ae2009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001157 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
1158 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001159 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1160
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001161 if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
1162 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001163 QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(),
1164 ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregordda78892008-12-18 23:43:31 +00001165
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001166 if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
1167 ToPointeeType->isRecordType()) {
1168 // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an
1169 // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion.
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001170 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType,
1171 From->getExprLoc(),
Sebastian Redla82e4ae2009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001172 From->getSourceRange(),
1173 IgnoreBaseAccess))
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001174 return true;
1175
1176 // The conversion was successful.
1177 Kind = CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase;
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001178 }
1179 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001180 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001181 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001182 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001183 ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001184 // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay.
1185 // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the
1186 // Objective-C++ implicit conversions.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001187 if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001188 return false;
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001189
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001190 }
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001191 return false;
1192}
1193
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001194/// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1195/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be
1196/// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11).
1197/// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from
1198/// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType.
1199bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001200 QualType ToType,
1201 bool InOverloadResolution,
1202 QualType &ConvertedType) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001203 const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001204 if (!ToTypePtr)
1205 return false;
1206
1207 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1)
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001208 if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1209 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
1210 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001211 ConvertedType = ToType;
1212 return true;
1213 }
1214
1215 // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001216 const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001217 if (!FromTypePtr)
1218 return false;
1219
1220 // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D,
1221 // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2).
1222 QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1223 QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1224 // FIXME: What happens when these are dependent? Is this function even called?
1225
1226 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass)) {
1227 ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(),
1228 ToClass.getTypePtr());
1229 return true;
1230 }
1231
1232 return false;
1233}
1234
1235/// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the
1236/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or
1237/// virtual (FIXME: or inaccessible) base-to-derived member pointer conversions
1238/// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns
1239/// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false
1240/// otherwise.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001241bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redla82e4ae2009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001242 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
1243 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
1244 (void)IgnoreBaseAccess;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001245 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001246 const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001247 if (!FromPtrType) {
1248 // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001249 assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1250 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001251 "Expr must be null pointer constant!");
1252 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001253 return false;
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001254 }
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001255
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001256 const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001257 assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "
1258 "that is not a member pointer.");
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001259
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001260 QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0);
1261 QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0);
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001262
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001263 // FIXME: What about dependent types?
1264 assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
1265 assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001266
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001267 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/false,
1268 /*DetectVirtual=*/true);
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001269 bool DerivationOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1270 assert(DerivationOkay &&
1271 "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.");
1272 (void)DerivationOkay;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001273
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001274 if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass).
1275 getUnqualifiedType())) {
1276 // Derivation is ambiguous. Redo the check to find the exact paths.
1277 Paths.clear();
1278 Paths.setRecordingPaths(true);
1279 bool StillOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1280 assert(StillOkay && "Derivation changed due to quantum fluctuation.");
1281 (void)StillOkay;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001282
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001283 std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths);
1284 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv)
1285 << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange();
1286 return true;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001287 }
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001288
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001289 if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001290 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual)
1291 << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0)
1292 << From->getSourceRange();
1293 return true;
1294 }
1295
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001296 // Must be a base to derived member conversion.
1297 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001298 return false;
1299}
1300
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001301/// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
1302/// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion
1303/// (C++ 4.4).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001304bool
1305Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001306 FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1307 ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1308
1309 // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a
1310 // qualification conversion.
1311 if (FromType == ToType)
1312 return false;
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001313
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001314 // (C++ 4.4p4):
1315 // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first
1316 // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...]
1317 bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001318 bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false;
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001319 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001320 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1321 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1322 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregorf8268ae2008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001323 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001324 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left to
1325 // unwrap.
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001326 UnwrappedAnyPointer = true;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001327
1328 // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv
1329 // 2,j, and similarly for volatile.
Douglas Gregor9b6e2d22008-10-22 00:38:21 +00001330 if (!ToType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromType))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001331 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001332
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001333 // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in
1334 // every cv for 0 < k < j.
1335 if (FromType.getCVRQualifiers() != ToType.getCVRQualifiers()
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001336 && !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst)
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001337 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001338
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001339 // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type
1340 // include const.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001341 PreviousToQualsIncludeConst
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001342 = PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToType.isConstQualified();
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001343 }
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001344
1345 // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types
1346 // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number
1347 // of types. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and
1348 // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked
1349 // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001350 return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType);
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001351}
1352
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00001353/// \brief Given a function template or function, extract the function template
1354/// declaration (if any) and the underlying function declaration.
1355template<typename T>
1356static void GetFunctionAndTemplate(AnyFunctionDecl Orig, T *&Function,
1357 FunctionTemplateDecl *&FunctionTemplate) {
1358 FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Orig);
1359 if (FunctionTemplate)
1360 Function = cast<T>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
1361 else
1362 Function = cast<T>(Orig);
1363}
1364
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001365/// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence
1366/// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type
1367/// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the
1368/// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion
1369/// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns
1370/// false and User is unspecified.
1371///
1372/// \param AllowConversionFunctions true if the conversion should
1373/// consider conversion functions at all. If false, only constructors
1374/// will be considered.
1375///
1376/// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x
1377/// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion
1378/// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2).
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001379///
1380/// \param ForceRValue true if the expression should be treated as an rvalue
1381/// for overload resolution.
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001382/// \param UserCast true if looking for user defined conversion for a static
1383/// cast.
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001384Sema::OverloadingResult Sema::IsUserDefinedConversion(
1385 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00001386 UserDefinedConversionSequence& User,
Fariborz Jahanian78cf9a22009-09-15 00:10:11 +00001387 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001388 bool AllowConversionFunctions,
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001389 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue,
1390 bool UserCast) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001391 if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor393896f2009-11-05 13:06:35 +00001392 if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ToType, PDiag())) {
1393 // We're not going to find any constructors.
1394 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl
1395 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) {
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001396 // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1:
1397 // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or
1398 // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a
1399 // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the
1400 // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate
1401 // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of
1402 // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within
1403 // the parentheses of the initializer.
Douglas Gregor79b680e2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001404 bool SuppressUserConversions = !UserCast;
1405 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) ||
1406 IsDerivedFrom(From->getType(), ToType)) {
1407 SuppressUserConversions = false;
1408 AllowConversionFunctions = false;
1409 }
1410
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001411 DeclarationName ConstructorName
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001412 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
1413 Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType());
1414 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001415 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001416 = ToRecordDecl->lookup(ConstructorName);
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001417 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001418 // Find the constructor (which may be a template).
1419 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
1420 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConstructorTmpl
1421 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con);
1422 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001423 Constructor
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001424 = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
1425 else
1426 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
Douglas Gregor66724ea2009-11-14 01:20:54 +00001427
Fariborz Jahanian52ab92b2009-08-06 17:22:51 +00001428 if (!Constructor->isInvalidDecl() &&
Anders Carlssonfaccd722009-08-28 16:57:08 +00001429 Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit)) {
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001430 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001431 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(ConstructorTmpl, false, 0, 0, &From,
Douglas Gregor79b680e2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001432 1, CandidateSet,
1433 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001434 else
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001435 // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a
1436 // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc).
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001437 AddOverloadCandidate(Constructor, &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor79b680e2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001438 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001439 }
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001440 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001441 }
1442 }
1443
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001444 if (!AllowConversionFunctions) {
1445 // Don't allow any conversion functions to enter the overload set.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001446 } else if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), From->getType(),
1447 PDiag(0)
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001448 << From->getSourceRange())) {
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00001449 // No conversion functions from incomplete types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001450 } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001451 = From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001452 if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001453 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) {
1454 // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates.
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001455 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianb191e2d2009-09-14 20:41:01 +00001456 = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001457 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func
1458 = Conversions->function_begin();
1459 Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) {
1460 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
1461 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
1462 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
1463 if (ConvTemplate)
1464 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
1465 else
1466 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*Func);
1467
1468 if (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
1469 if (ConvTemplate)
1470 AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, From, ToType,
1471 CandidateSet);
1472 else
1473 AddConversionCandidate(Conv, From, ToType, CandidateSet);
1474 }
1475 }
1476 }
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001477 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001478
1479 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001480 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, From->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001481 case OR_Success:
1482 // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001483 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001484 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1485 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1486 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1487 // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion
1488 // sequence converts the source type to the type required by
1489 // the argument of the constructor.
1490 //
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001491 QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001492 if (Best->Conversions[0].ConversionKind ==
1493 ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion)
1494 User.EllipsisConversion = true;
1495 else {
1496 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1497 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
1498 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001499 User.ConversionFunction = Constructor;
1500 User.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001501 User.After.FromTypePtr
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001502 = ThisType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001503 User.After.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001504 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001505 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
1506 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1507 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1508 //
1509 // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1510 // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard
1511 // conversion sequence converts the source type to the
1512 // implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
1513 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1514 User.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001515 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001516
1517 // C++ [over.ics.user]p2:
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001518 // The second standard conversion sequence converts the
1519 // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type
1520 // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence
1521 // is an initialization, the special rules for
1522 // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when
1523 // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a
1524 // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and
1525 // 13.3.3.1).
1526 User.After = Best->FinalConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001527 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001528 } else {
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001529 assert(false && "Not a constructor or conversion function?");
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001530 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001531 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001532
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001533 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001534 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001535 case OR_Deleted:
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001536 // No conversion here! We're done.
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001537 return OR_Deleted;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001538
1539 case OR_Ambiguous:
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001540 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001541 }
1542
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001543 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001544}
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001545
1546bool
1547Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
1548 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
1549 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1550 OverloadingResult OvResult =
1551 IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined,
1552 CandidateSet, true, false, false);
1553 if (OvResult != OR_Ambiguous)
1554 return false;
1555 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1556 diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
1557 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1558 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
1559 return true;
1560}
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001561
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001562/// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit
1563/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1564/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001565ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001566Sema::CompareImplicitConversionSequences(const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1,
1567 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2)
1568{
1569 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit
1570 // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1)
1571 // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better
1572 // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or
1573 // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and
1574 // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better
1575 // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence
1576 // (13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001577 //
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001578 if (ICS1.ConversionKind < ICS2.ConversionKind)
1579 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1580 else if (ICS2.ConversionKind < ICS1.ConversionKind)
1581 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1582
1583 // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are
1584 // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the
1585 // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1586 if (ICS1.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion)
1587 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001588 else if (ICS1.ConversionKind ==
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001589 ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion) {
1590 // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion
1591 // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if
1592 // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or
1593 // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of
1594 // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of
1595 // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001596 if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction ==
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001597 ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)
1598 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.UserDefined.After,
1599 ICS2.UserDefined.After);
1600 }
1601
1602 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1603}
1604
1605/// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard
1606/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1607/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001608ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001609Sema::CompareStandardConversionSequences(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1610 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2)
1611{
1612 // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence
1613 // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1614
1615 // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion
1616 // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1,
1617 // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion
1618 // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any
1619 // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that,
1620 if (SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third)
1621 // Neither is a proper subsequence of the other. Do nothing.
1622 ;
1623 else if ((SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) ||
1624 (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second) ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001625 (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001626 SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity))
1627 // SCS1 is a proper subsequence of SCS2.
1628 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1629 else if ((SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Third == SCS1.Third) ||
1630 (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Second == SCS1.Second) ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001631 (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001632 SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity))
1633 // SCS2 is a proper subsequence of SCS1.
1634 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1635
1636 // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules
1637 // defined below), or, if not that,
1638 ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank();
1639 ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank();
1640 if (Rank1 < Rank2)
1641 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1642 else if (Rank2 < Rank1)
1643 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001644
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001645 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank
1646 // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules
1647 // applies:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001648
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001649 // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or
1650 // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion
1651 // that is such a conversion.
1652 if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool())
1653 return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()
1654 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1655 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1656
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001657 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2:
1658 //
1659 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A,
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001660 // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to
1661 // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion
1662 // of B* to void*.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001663 bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001664 = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001665 bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001666 = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001667 if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1668 // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to
1669 // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion.
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001670 return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1671 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001672 } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1673 // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare
1674 // their derived-to-base conversions.
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001675 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK
1676 = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
1677 return DerivedCK;
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001678 } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1679 // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void
1680 // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an
1681 // inheritance relationship in their sources.
1682 QualType FromType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.FromTypePtr);
1683 QualType FromType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.FromTypePtr);
1684
1685 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1686 // conversion, if we need to.
1687 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1688 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1689 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1690 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1691
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001692 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001693 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001694 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001695 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001696
1697 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1698 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1699 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1700 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001701
1702 // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the
1703 // other, it is the better one.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001704 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1705 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001706 if (FromIface1 && FromIface1) {
1707 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1708 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1709 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1710 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1711 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001712 }
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001713
1714 // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3,
1715 // bullet 3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001716 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001717 = CompareQualificationConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001718 return QualCK;
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001719
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001720 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
Sebastian Redlf2e21e52009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001721 // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1722 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an
1723 // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared
1724 // without a ref-qualifier, and S1 binds an rvalue reference to an
1725 // rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference.
Sebastian Redla9845802009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001726 // FIXME: We don't know if we're dealing with the implicit object parameter,
1727 // or if the member function in this case has a ref qualifier.
1728 // (Of course, we don't have ref qualifiers yet.)
1729 if (SCS1.RRefBinding != SCS2.RRefBinding)
1730 return SCS1.RRefBinding ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1731 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Sebastian Redlf2e21e52009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001732
1733 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1734 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to
1735 // which the references refer are the same type except for
1736 // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference
1737 // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type
1738 // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers.
Sebastian Redla9845802009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001739 QualType T1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1740 QualType T2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001741 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1742 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001743 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) {
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001744 if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1))
1745 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1746 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
1747 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1748 }
1749 }
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001750
1751 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1752}
1753
1754/// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1755/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001756/// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3).
1757ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001758Sema::CompareQualificationConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001759 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
Douglas Gregorba7e2102008-10-22 15:04:37 +00001760 // C++ 13.3.3.2p3:
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001761 // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and
1762 // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the
1763 // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of
1764 // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the
1765 // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2).
1766 if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second ||
1767 SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification)
1768 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1769
1770 // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification
1771 // conversion (!)
1772 QualType T1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1773 QualType T2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
1774 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1775 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
1776
1777 // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapped
1778 // them.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001779 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2))
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001780 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1781
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001782 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001783 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1784 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
1785 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1786 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1787 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregorf8268ae2008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001788 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001789 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left
1790 // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what
1791 // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a
1792 // strict subset of qualifiers.
1793 if (T1.getCVRQualifiers() == T2.getCVRQualifiers())
1794 // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything
1795 // about how the sequences rank.
1796 ;
1797 else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) {
1798 // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1799 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse)
1800 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1801 // qualifiers.
1802 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001803
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001804 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1805 } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) {
1806 // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1807 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better)
1808 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1809 // qualifiers.
1810 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001811
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001812 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1813 } else {
1814 // Qualifiers are disjoint.
1815 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1816 }
1817
1818 // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001819 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2))
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001820 break;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001821 }
1822
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001823 // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using
1824 // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion.
1825 switch (Result) {
1826 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
1827 if (SCS1.Deprecated)
1828 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1829 break;
1830
1831 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
1832 break;
1833
1834 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
1835 if (SCS2.Deprecated)
1836 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1837 break;
1838 }
1839
1840 return Result;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001841}
1842
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001843/// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1844/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001845/// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++
1846/// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at
1847/// conversions between Objective-C interface types.
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001848ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
1849Sema::CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1850 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
1851 QualType FromType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.FromTypePtr);
1852 QualType ToType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1853 QualType FromType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.FromTypePtr);
1854 QualType ToType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
1855
1856 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1857 // conversion, if we need to.
1858 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1859 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1860 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1861 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1862
1863 // Canonicalize all of the types.
1864 FromType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1);
1865 ToType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1);
1866 FromType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2);
1867 ToType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2);
1868
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001869 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3:
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001870 //
1871 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and
1872 // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001873 //
1874 // For Objective-C, we let A, B, and C also be Objective-C
1875 // interfaces.
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001876
1877 // Compare based on pointer conversions.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001878 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
Douglas Gregor7ca09762008-11-27 01:19:21 +00001879 SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
1880 /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/
1881 FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() &&
1882 ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001883 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001884 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001885 QualType ToPointee1
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001886 = ToType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001887 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001888 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001889 QualType ToPointee2
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001890 = ToType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001891
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001892 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1893 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1894 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface1 = ToPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1895 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface2 = ToPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001896
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001897 // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001898 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
1899 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
1900 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1901 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
1902 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001903
1904 if (ToIface1 && ToIface2) {
1905 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface2, ToIface1))
1906 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1907 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface1, ToIface2))
1908 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1909 }
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001910 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001911
1912 // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
1913 if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) {
1914 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1915 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1916 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1917 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001918
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001919 if (FromIface1 && FromIface2) {
1920 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1921 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1922 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1923 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1924 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001925 }
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001926 }
1927
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001928 // Compare based on reference bindings.
1929 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding &&
1930 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
1931 // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type
1932 // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
1933 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001934 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
1935 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001936 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
1937 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1938 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
1939 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1940 }
1941
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001942 // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type
1943 // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
1944 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001945 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
1946 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001947 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
1948 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1949 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
1950 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1951 }
1952 }
Fariborz Jahanian2357da02009-10-20 20:07:35 +00001953
1954 // Ranking of member-pointer types.
Fariborz Jahanian8577c982009-10-20 20:04:46 +00001955 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member &&
1956 FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() &&
1957 ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) {
1958 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer1 =
1959 FromType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1960 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer1 =
1961 ToType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1962 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer2 =
1963 FromType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1964 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer2 =
1965 ToType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1966 const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass();
1967 const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass();
1968 const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass();
1969 const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass();
1970 QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
1971 QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
1972 QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
1973 QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian2357da02009-10-20 20:07:35 +00001974 // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*,
Fariborz Jahanian8577c982009-10-20 20:04:46 +00001975 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
1976 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
1977 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1978 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
1979 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1980 }
1981 // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*
1982 if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) {
1983 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1984 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1985 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1986 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1987 }
1988 }
1989
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001990 if (SCS1.CopyConstructor && SCS2.CopyConstructor &&
1991 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
1992 // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A,
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001993 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
1994 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001995 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
1996 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1997 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
1998 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1999 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002000
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002001 // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002002 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2003 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002004 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
2005 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2006 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
2007 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2008 }
2009 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002010
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002011 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2012}
2013
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002014/// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type
2015/// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion
2016/// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad
2017/// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002018/// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002019/// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. If @p ForceRValue,
2020/// then we treat @p From as an rvalue, even if it is an lvalue.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002021ImplicitConversionSequence
2022Sema::TryCopyInitialization(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002023 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue,
2024 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002025 if (ToType->isReferenceType()) {
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002026 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002027 CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Douglas Gregor739d8282009-09-23 23:04:10 +00002028 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson2de3ace2009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002029 SuppressUserConversions,
2030 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2031 ForceRValue,
2032 &ICS);
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002033 return ICS;
2034 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002035 return TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
Anders Carlssonda7a18b2009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002036 SuppressUserConversions,
2037 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002038 ForceRValue,
2039 InOverloadResolution);
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002040 }
2041}
2042
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002043/// PerformCopyInitialization - Copy-initialize an object of type @p ToType with
2044/// the expression @p From. Returns true (and emits a diagnostic) if there was
2045/// an error, returns false if the initialization succeeded. Elidable should
2046/// be true when the copy may be elided (C++ 12.8p15). Overload resolution works
2047/// differently in C++0x for this case.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002048bool Sema::PerformCopyInitialization(Expr *&From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002049 const char* Flavor, bool Elidable) {
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002050 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2051 // In C, argument passing is the same as performing an assignment.
2052 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002053
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002054 AssignConvertType ConvTy =
2055 CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(ToType, From);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00002056 if (ConvTy != Compatible &&
2057 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, From) == Compatible)
2058 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002059
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002060 return DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, From->getLocStart(), ToType,
2061 FromType, From, Flavor);
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002062 }
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002063
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002064 if (ToType->isReferenceType())
Anders Carlsson2de3ace2009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002065 return CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Douglas Gregor739d8282009-09-23 23:04:10 +00002066 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson2de3ace2009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002067 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
2068 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2069 /*ForceRValue=*/false);
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002070
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002071 if (!PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, Flavor,
2072 /*AllowExplicit=*/false, Elidable))
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002073 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002074 if (!DiagnoseAmbiguousUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType))
Fariborz Jahanian455acd92009-09-22 19:53:15 +00002075 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2076 diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
2077 << ToType << From->getType() << Flavor << From->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian455acd92009-09-22 19:53:15 +00002078 return true;
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002079}
2080
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002081/// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object
2082/// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the
2083/// expression @p From.
2084ImplicitConversionSequence
2085Sema::TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
2086 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent());
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002087 QualType ImplicitParamType
2088 = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(ClassType, Method->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002089
2090 // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us
2091 // to exit early.
2092 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
2093 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
2094 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
2095
2096 // We need to have an object of class type.
2097 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002098 if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002099 FromType = PT->getPointeeType();
2100
2101 assert(FromType->isRecordType());
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002102
2103 // The implicit object parmeter is has the type "reference to cv X",
2104 // where X is the class of which the function is a member
2105 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p4). However, when finding an implicit
2106 // conversion sequence for the argument, we are not allowed to
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002107 // create temporaries or perform user-defined conversions
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002108 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of
2109 // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to
2110 // non-constant references.
2111
2112 // First check the qualifiers. We don't care about lvalue-vs-rvalue
2113 // with the implicit object parameter (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5).
2114 QualType FromTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002115 if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers()
2116 != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() &&
Douglas Gregorb1c2ea52009-11-05 00:07:36 +00002117 !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon))
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002118 return ICS;
2119
2120 // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It
2121 // affects the conversion rank.
2122 QualType ClassTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType);
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002123 if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType())
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002124 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
2125 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ClassType))
2126 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
2127 else
2128 return ICS;
2129
2130 // Success. Mark this as a reference binding.
2131 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
2132 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2133 ICS.Standard.ToTypePtr = ImplicitParamType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2134 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2135 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
Sebastian Redl85002392009-03-29 22:46:24 +00002136 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002137 return ICS;
2138}
2139
2140/// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of
2141/// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given
2142/// expression.
2143bool
2144Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *&From, CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002145 QualType FromRecordType, DestType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002146 QualType ImplicitParamRecordType =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002147 Method->getThisType(Context)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002148
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002149 if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002150 FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType();
2151 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2152 } else {
2153 FromRecordType = From->getType();
2154 DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType;
2155 }
2156
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002157 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002158 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From, Method);
2159 if (ICS.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion)
2160 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002161 diag::err_implicit_object_parameter_init)
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002162 << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType << From->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002163
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002164 if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base &&
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002165 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
2166 ImplicitParamRecordType,
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002167 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2168 From->getSourceRange()))
2169 return true;
2170
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002171 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
Anders Carlsson116b7d92009-08-07 18:45:49 +00002172 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002173 return false;
2174}
2175
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002176/// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the
2177/// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2178ImplicitConversionSequence Sema::TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002179 return TryImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy,
Anders Carlssonda7a18b2009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002180 // FIXME: Are these flags correct?
2181 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002182 /*AllowExplicit=*/true,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002183 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2184 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002185}
2186
2187/// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion
2188/// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2189bool Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *&From) {
2190 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(From);
2191 if (!PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, "converting"))
2192 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002193
2194 if (!DiagnoseAmbiguousUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy))
2195 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2196 diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition)
2197 << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange();
2198 return true;
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002199}
2200
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002201/// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002202/// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If
2203/// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined
2204/// conversions via constructors or conversion operators.
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002205/// If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is a slightly
2206/// hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2207/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002208///
2209/// \para PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading
2210/// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by
2211/// code completion.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002212void
2213Sema::AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002214 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002215 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002216 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002217 bool ForceRValue,
2218 bool PartialOverloading) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002219 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002220 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002221 assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002222 assert(!isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Function) &&
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002223 "Use AddConversionCandidate for conversion functions");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002224 assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002225 "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002226
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002227 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002228 if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) {
2229 // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function
2230 // that is named without a member access expression (e.g.,
2231 // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created
2232 // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member
2233 // function, e.g., X::f(). We use a NULL object as the implied
2234 // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002235 AddMethodCandidate(Method, 0, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002236 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2237 return;
2238 }
2239 // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object
2240 // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002241 }
2242
Douglas Gregorfd476482009-11-13 23:59:09 +00002243 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function))
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002244 return;
Douglas Gregor66724ea2009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002245
2246 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function)){
2247 // C++ [class.copy]p3:
2248 // A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy
2249 // of a class object to an object of its class type.
2250 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent());
2251 if (NumArgs == 1 &&
2252 Constructor->isCopyConstructorLikeSpecialization() &&
2253 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()))
2254 return;
2255 }
2256
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002257 // Add this candidate
2258 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2259 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2260 Candidate.Function = Function;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002261 Candidate.Viable = true;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002262 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002263 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002264
2265 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2266
2267 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2268 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2269 // list (8.3.5).
Douglas Gregor5bd1a112009-09-23 14:56:09 +00002270 if ((NumArgs + (PartialOverloading && NumArgs)) > NumArgsInProto &&
2271 !Proto->isVariadic()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002272 Candidate.Viable = false;
2273 return;
2274 }
2275
2276 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2277 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2278 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2279 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2280 // exactly m parameters.
2281 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments();
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002282 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002283 // Not enough arguments.
2284 Candidate.Viable = false;
2285 return;
2286 }
2287
2288 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2289 // arguments.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002290 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2291 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2292 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2293 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2294 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2295 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2296 // parameter of F.
2297 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002298 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
2299 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002300 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
2301 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002302 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002303 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
Fariborz Jahanian99d6c442009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002304 // 13.3.3.1-p10 If several different sequences of conversions exist that
2305 // each convert the argument to the parameter type, the implicit conversion
2306 // sequence associated with the parameter is defined to be the unique conversion
2307 // sequence designated the ambiguous conversion sequence. For the purpose of
2308 // ranking implicit conversion sequences as described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous
2309 // conversion sequence is treated as a user-defined sequence that is
2310 // indistinguishable from any other user-defined conversion sequence
Fariborz Jahanian4a6a2b82009-09-29 17:31:54 +00002311 if (!Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet.empty()) {
Fariborz Jahanian99d6c442009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002312 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind =
2313 ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian4a6a2b82009-09-29 17:31:54 +00002314 // Set the conversion function to one of them. As due to ambiguity,
2315 // they carry the same weight and is needed for overload resolution
2316 // later.
2317 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].UserDefined.ConversionFunction =
2318 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[0];
2319 }
Fariborz Jahanian99d6c442009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002320 else {
2321 Candidate.Viable = false;
2322 break;
2323 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002324 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002325 } else {
2326 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2327 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2328 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002329 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002330 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2331 }
2332 }
2333}
2334
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002335/// \brief Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to
2336/// the overload canddiate set.
2337void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const FunctionSet &Functions,
2338 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2339 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2340 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002341 for (FunctionSet::const_iterator F = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002342 FEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002343 F != FEnd; ++F) {
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002344 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*F)) {
2345 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())
2346 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
2347 Args[0], Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
2348 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
2349 else
2350 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2351 SuppressUserConversions);
2352 } else {
2353 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*F);
2354 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2355 !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())->isStatic())
2356 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002357 /*FIXME: explicit args */false, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002358 Args[0], Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
2359 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002360 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002361 else
2362 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl,
2363 /*FIXME: explicit args */false, 0, 0,
2364 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2365 SuppressUserConversions);
2366 }
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002367 }
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002368}
2369
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002370/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set
2371/// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments
2372/// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call
2373/// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain
2374/// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't
2375/// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002376/// operators. If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is
2377/// a slightly hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2378/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002379void
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002380Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, Expr *Object,
2381 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2382 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002383 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue) {
2384 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002385 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002386 assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002387 assert(!isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Method) &&
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002388 "Use AddConversionCandidate for conversion functions");
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002389 assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&
2390 "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors");
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002391
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002392 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method))
2393 return;
2394
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002395 // Add this candidate
2396 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2397 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2398 Candidate.Function = Method;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002399 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002400 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002401
2402 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2403
2404 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2405 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2406 // list (8.3.5).
2407 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2408 Candidate.Viable = false;
2409 return;
2410 }
2411
2412 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2413 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2414 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2415 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2416 // exactly m parameters.
2417 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments();
2418 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs) {
2419 // Not enough arguments.
2420 Candidate.Viable = false;
2421 return;
2422 }
2423
2424 Candidate.Viable = true;
2425 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2426
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002427 if (Method->isStatic() || !Object)
2428 // The implicit object argument is ignored.
2429 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true;
2430 else {
2431 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object
2432 // parameter.
2433 Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Method);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002434 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002435 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2436 Candidate.Viable = false;
2437 return;
2438 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002439 }
2440
2441 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2442 // arguments.
2443 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2444 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2445 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2446 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2447 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2448 // parameter of F.
2449 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002450 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2451 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002452 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002453 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002454 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002455 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2456 Candidate.Viable = false;
2457 break;
2458 }
2459 } else {
2460 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2461 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2462 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002463 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002464 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2465 }
2466 }
2467}
2468
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002469/// \brief Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate
2470/// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member
2471/// function template specialization.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002472void
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002473Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2474 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002475 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002476 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2477 Expr *Object, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2478 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2479 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2480 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002481 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl))
2482 return;
2483
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002484 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002485 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002486 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002487 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002488 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2489 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2490 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2491 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2492 // functions.
2493 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2494 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2495 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
2496 = DeduceTemplateArguments(MethodTmpl, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2497 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2498 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
2499 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2500 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2501 (void)Result;
2502 return;
2503 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002504
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002505 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2506 // deduction as a candidate.
2507 assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002508 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002509 "Specialization is not a member function?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002510 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), Object, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002511 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2512}
2513
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002514/// \brief Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate
2515/// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce
2516/// an appropriate function template specialization.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002517void
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002518Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002519 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002520 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002521 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002522 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2523 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2524 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2525 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002526 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2527 return;
2528
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002529 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002530 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002531 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002532 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002533 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2534 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2535 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2536 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2537 // functions.
2538 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2539 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2540 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002541 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2542 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2543 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002544 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2545 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2546 (void)Result;
2547 return;
2548 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002549
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002550 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2551 // deduction as a candidate.
2552 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
2553 AddOverloadCandidate(Specialization, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2554 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2555}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002556
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002557/// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002558/// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv],
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002559/// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002560/// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002561/// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the
2562/// conversion function produces).
2563void
2564Sema::AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2565 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2566 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002567 assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
2568 "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate");
2569
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002570 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2571 return;
2572
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002573 // Add this candidate
2574 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2575 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2576 Candidate.Function = Conversion;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002577 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002578 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002579 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002580 Candidate.FinalConversion.FromTypePtr
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002581 = Conversion->getConversionType().getAsOpaquePtr();
2582 Candidate.FinalConversion.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2583
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002584 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2585 // object parameter.
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002586 Candidate.Viable = true;
2587 Candidate.Conversions.resize(1);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002588 Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From, Conversion);
Fariborz Jahanianb191e2d2009-09-14 20:41:01 +00002589 // Conversion functions to a different type in the base class is visible in
2590 // the derived class. So, a derived to base conversion should not participate
2591 // in overload resolution.
2592 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
2593 Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002594 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002595 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2596 Candidate.Viable = false;
2597 return;
2598 }
Fariborz Jahanian3759a032009-10-19 19:18:20 +00002599
2600 // We won't go through a user-define type conversion function to convert a
2601 // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only
2602 // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user]
2603 QualType FromCanon
2604 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
2605 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
2606 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
2607 Candidate.Viable = false;
2608 return;
2609 }
2610
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002611
2612 // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the
2613 // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to
2614 // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the
2615 // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This
2616 // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to
2617 // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this
2618 // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be
2619 // well-formed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002620 DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Conversion, Conversion->getType(),
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002621 SourceLocation());
2622 ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()),
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002623 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002624 &ConversionRef, false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002625
2626 // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002627 // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's
2628 // allocator).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002629 CallExpr Call(Context, &ConversionFn, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002630 Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(),
2631 SourceLocation());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002632 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
2633 TryCopyInitialization(&Call, ToType,
Anders Carlssond28b4282009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002634 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002635 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2636 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002637
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002638 switch (ICS.ConversionKind) {
2639 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
2640 Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard;
2641 break;
2642
2643 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
2644 Candidate.Viable = false;
2645 break;
2646
2647 default:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002648 assert(false &&
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002649 "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure");
2650 }
2651}
2652
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002653/// \brief Adds a conversion function template specialization
2654/// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction
2655/// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function
2656/// template from the type that we are converting to (C++
2657/// [temp.deduct.conv]).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002658void
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002659Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2660 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2661 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
2662 assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2663 "Only conversion function templates permitted here");
2664
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002665 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2666 return;
2667
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002668 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2669 CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2670 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002671 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType,
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002672 Specialization, Info)) {
2673 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2674 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2675 (void)Result;
2676 return;
2677 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002678
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002679 // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by
2680 // template argument deduction as a candidate.
2681 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
2682 AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, From, ToType, CandidateSet);
2683}
2684
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002685/// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that
2686/// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the
2687/// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it
2688/// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is
2689/// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling.
2690void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002691 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002692 Expr *Object, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2693 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002694 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2695 return;
2696
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002697 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2698 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2699 Candidate.Function = 0;
2700 Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion;
2701 Candidate.Viable = true;
2702 Candidate.IsSurrogate = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002703 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002704 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2705
2706 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2707 // object parameter.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002708 ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002709 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Conversion);
2710 if (ObjectInit.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2711 Candidate.Viable = false;
2712 return;
2713 }
2714
2715 // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose
2716 // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is
2717 // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002718 Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002719 = ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
2720 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard;
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00002721 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002722 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002723 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002724 = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before;
2725 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
2726
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002727 // Find the
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002728 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2729
2730 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2731 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2732 // list (8.3.5).
2733 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2734 Candidate.Viable = false;
2735 return;
2736 }
2737
2738 // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if
2739 // we have enough arguments.
2740 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2741 // Not enough arguments.
2742 Candidate.Viable = false;
2743 return;
2744 }
2745
2746 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2747 // arguments.
2748 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2749 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2750 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2751 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2752 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2753 // parameter of F.
2754 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002755 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2756 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlssond28b4282009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002757 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002758 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2759 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002760 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002761 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2762 Candidate.Viable = false;
2763 break;
2764 }
2765 } else {
2766 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2767 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2768 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002769 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002770 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2771 }
2772 }
2773}
2774
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002775// FIXME: This will eventually be removed, once we've migrated all of the
2776// operator overloading logic over to the scheme used by binary operators, which
2777// works for template instantiation.
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002778void Sema::AddOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Douglas Gregorf680a0f2009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002779 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002780 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorf680a0f2009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002781 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2782 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002783 FunctionSet Functions;
2784
2785 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2786 QualType T2;
2787 if (NumArgs > 1)
2788 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2789
2790 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002791 if (S)
2792 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(Op, S, T1, T2, Functions);
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002793 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002794 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
2795 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, OpRange);
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00002796 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002797}
2798
2799/// \brief Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are
2800/// member functions.
2801///
2802/// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions
2803/// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such
2804/// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and
2805/// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++
2806/// [over.match.oper]).
2807void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2808 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2809 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2810 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2811 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002812 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
2813
2814 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2815 // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose
2816 // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with
2817 // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and
2818 // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2,
2819 // three sets of candidate functions, designated member
2820 // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are
2821 // constructed as follows:
2822 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2823 QualType T2;
2824 if (NumArgs > 1)
2825 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2826
2827 // -- If T1 is a class type, the set of member candidates is the
2828 // result of the qualified lookup of T1::operator@
2829 // (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, the set of member candidates is
2830 // empty.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002831 if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor8a5ae242009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002832 // Complete the type if it can be completed. Otherwise, we're done.
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002833 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, T1, PDiag()))
Douglas Gregor8a5ae242009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002834 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002835
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002836 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2837 LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl());
2838 Operators.suppressDiagnostics();
2839
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002840 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(),
Douglas Gregor8a5ae242009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002841 OperEnd = Operators.end();
2842 Oper != OperEnd;
Douglas Gregord9842d02009-10-14 16:50:13 +00002843 ++Oper) {
2844 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Oper)) {
2845 AddMethodCandidate(Method, Args[0], Args+1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
2846 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2847 continue;
2848 }
2849
2850 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Oper) &&
2851 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Oper)
2852 ->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2853 "Expected a member function template");
2854 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Oper), false, 0, 0,
2855 Args[0], Args+1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
2856 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2857 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002858 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002859}
2860
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002861/// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in
2862/// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types
2863/// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002864/// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator
2865/// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002866/// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments
2867/// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually
2868/// converted to bool.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002869void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002870 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002871 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002872 bool IsAssignmentOperator,
2873 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002874 // Add this candidate
2875 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2876 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2877 Candidate.Function = 0;
Douglas Gregorc9467cf2008-12-12 02:00:36 +00002878 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002879 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002880 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ResultTy = ResultTy;
2881 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
2882 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ArgIdx] = ParamTys[ArgIdx];
2883
2884 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2885 // arguments.
2886 Candidate.Viable = true;
2887 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2888 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002889 // C++ [over.match.oper]p4:
2890 // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the
2891 // left operand are restricted as follows:
2892 // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and
2893 // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left
2894 // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002895 // parameter of a built-in candidate.
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002896 //
2897 // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined
2898 // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of
2899 // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that
2900 // is not of the same type.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002901 if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002902 assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002903 "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type");
2904 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Args[ArgIdx]);
2905 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002906 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
2907 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx],
Anders Carlssond28b4282009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002908 ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002909 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2910 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002911 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002912 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002913 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002914 Candidate.Viable = false;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002915 break;
2916 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002917 }
2918}
2919
2920/// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the
2921/// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++
2922/// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and
2923/// enumeration types.
2924class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet {
2925 /// TypeSet - A set of types.
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002926 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> TypeSet;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002927
2928 /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the
2929 /// built-in candidates.
2930 TypeSet PointerTypes;
2931
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002932 /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be
2933 /// used in the built-in candidates.
2934 TypeSet MemberPointerTypes;
2935
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002936 /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be
2937 /// used in the built-in candidates.
2938 TypeSet EnumerationTypes;
2939
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00002940 /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the
2941 /// candidate type set.
2942 Sema &SemaRef;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002943
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002944 /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets.
2945 ASTContext &Context;
2946
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00002947 bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
2948 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals);
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002949 bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002950
2951public:
2952 /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set.
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002953 typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002954
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002955 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef)
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00002956 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Context(SemaRef.Context) { }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002957
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00002958 void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
2959 SourceLocation Loc,
2960 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00002961 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
2962 const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002963
2964 /// pointer_begin - First pointer type found;
2965 iterator pointer_begin() { return PointerTypes.begin(); }
2966
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002967 /// pointer_end - Past the last pointer type found;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002968 iterator pointer_end() { return PointerTypes.end(); }
2969
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002970 /// member_pointer_begin - First member pointer type found;
2971 iterator member_pointer_begin() { return MemberPointerTypes.begin(); }
2972
2973 /// member_pointer_end - Past the last member pointer type found;
2974 iterator member_pointer_end() { return MemberPointerTypes.end(); }
2975
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002976 /// enumeration_begin - First enumeration type found;
2977 iterator enumeration_begin() { return EnumerationTypes.begin(); }
2978
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002979 /// enumeration_end - Past the last enumeration type found;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002980 iterator enumeration_end() { return EnumerationTypes.end(); }
2981};
2982
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002983/// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002984/// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
2985/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
2986/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
2987/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
2988/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
2989/// false otherwise.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002990///
2991/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002992bool
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00002993BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
2994 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002995
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002996 // Insert this type.
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002997 if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty))
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002998 return false;
2999
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003000 const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
3001 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a pointer type!");
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003002
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003003 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3004 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor89c49f02009-11-09 22:08:55 +00003005 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array =Context.getAsConstantArrayType(PointeeTy))
Fariborz Jahaniand411b3f2009-11-09 21:02:05 +00003006 BaseCVR = Array->getElementType().getCVRQualifiers();
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003007 bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile();
3008 bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict();
3009
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003010 // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR.
3011 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3012 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003013 // Skip over Volatile/Restrict if no Volatile/Restrict found anywhere
3014 // in the types.
3015 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue;
3016 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && !hasRestrict) continue;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003017 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3018 PointerTypes.insert(Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy));
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003019 }
3020
3021 return true;
3022}
3023
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003024/// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty
3025/// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3026/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3027/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3028/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3029/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3030/// false otherwise.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003031///
3032/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003033bool
3034BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(
3035 QualType Ty) {
3036 // Insert this type.
3037 if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty))
3038 return false;
3039
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003040 const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3041 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!");
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003042
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003043 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3044 const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass();
3045
3046 // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR
3047 // qualifiers.
3048 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
3049 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3050 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
3051
3052 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3053 MemberPointerTypes.insert(Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy));
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003054 }
3055
3056 return true;
3057}
3058
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003059/// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p
3060/// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003061/// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also
3062/// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003063/// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion
3064/// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we
3065/// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class
3066/// type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003067void
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003068BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003069 SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003070 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003071 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3072 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003073 // Only deal with canonical types.
3074 Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty);
3075
3076 // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an
3077 // expression for the purposes of conversions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003078 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003079 Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType();
3080
3081 // We don't care about qualifiers on the type.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003082 Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003083
Sebastian Redla65b5512009-11-05 16:36:20 +00003084 // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer.
3085 if (Ty->isArrayType())
3086 Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
3087
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003088 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003089 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3090
3091 // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set
3092 // of types.
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003093 if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals))
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003094 return;
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003095 } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3096 // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted.
3097 if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
3098 return;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003099 } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) {
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003100 EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003101 } else if (AllowUserConversions) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003102 if (const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003103 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Ty, 0)) {
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003104 // No conversion functions in incomplete types.
3105 return;
3106 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003107
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003108 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003109 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianca4fb042009-10-07 17:26:09 +00003110 = ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003111 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003112 = Conversions->function_begin();
3113 Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003114 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
3115 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
3116 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
3117
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003118 // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003119 // about which builtin types we can convert to.
3120 if (ConvTemplate)
3121 continue;
3122
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003123 if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003124 AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false,
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003125 VisibleQuals);
3126 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003127 }
3128 }
3129 }
3130}
3131
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003132/// \brief Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds
3133/// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the
3134/// given type to the candidate set.
3135static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S,
3136 QualType T,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003137 Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003138 unsigned NumArgs,
3139 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
3140 QualType ParamTypes[2];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003141
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003142 // T& operator=(T&, T)
3143 ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
3144 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3145 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3146 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003147
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003148 if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) {
3149 // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003150 ParamTypes[0]
3151 = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(T));
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003152 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3153 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003154 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003155 }
3156}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003157
Sebastian Redl9994a342009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003158/// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers,
3159/// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type.
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003160static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) {
3161 Qualifiers VRQuals;
3162 const RecordType *TyRec;
3163 if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType =
3164 ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3165 TyRec = cast<RecordType>(RHSMPType->getClass());
3166 else
3167 TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
3168 if (!TyRec) {
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003169 // Just to be safe, assume the worst case.
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003170 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3171 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3172 return VRQuals;
3173 }
3174
3175 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
3176 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions =
Sebastian Redl9994a342009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003177 ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003178
3179 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func
3180 = Conversions->function_begin();
3181 Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) {
3182 if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*Func)) {
3183 QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType());
3184 if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3185 CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType();
3186 // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers
3187 // as see them.
3188 bool done = false;
3189 while (!done) {
3190 if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>())
3191 CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType();
3192 else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr =
3193 CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3194 CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType();
3195 else
3196 done = true;
3197 if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified())
3198 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3199 if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified())
3200 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3201 if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile())
3202 return VRQuals;
3203 }
3204 }
3205 }
3206 return VRQuals;
3207}
3208
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003209/// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in
3210/// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based
3211/// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the
3212/// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int
3213/// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition.
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003214void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003215Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003216 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003217 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3218 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003219 // The set of "promoted arithmetic types", which are the arithmetic
3220 // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). Note
3221 // that the first few of these types are the promoted integral
3222 // types; these types need to be first.
3223 // FIXME: What about complex?
3224 const unsigned FirstIntegralType = 0;
3225 const unsigned LastIntegralType = 13;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003226 const unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType = 7,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003227 LastPromotedIntegralType = 13;
3228 const unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 7,
3229 LastPromotedArithmeticType = 16;
3230 const unsigned NumArithmeticTypes = 16;
3231 QualType ArithmeticTypes[NumArithmeticTypes] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003232 Context.BoolTy, Context.CharTy, Context.WCharTy,
3233// FIXME: Context.Char16Ty, Context.Char32Ty,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003234 Context.SignedCharTy, Context.ShortTy,
3235 Context.UnsignedCharTy, Context.UnsignedShortTy,
3236 Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy,
3237 Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy,
3238 Context.FloatTy, Context.DoubleTy, Context.LongDoubleTy
3239 };
Douglas Gregor652371a2009-10-21 22:01:30 +00003240 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedIntegralType] == Context.IntTy &&
3241 "Invalid first promoted integral type");
3242 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedIntegralType - 1]
3243 == Context.UnsignedLongLongTy &&
3244 "Invalid last promoted integral type");
3245 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedArithmeticType] == Context.IntTy &&
3246 "Invalid first promoted arithmetic type");
3247 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedArithmeticType - 1]
3248 == Context.LongDoubleTy &&
3249 "Invalid last promoted arithmetic type");
3250
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003251 // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only
3252 // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates
3253 // that make use of these types.
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003254 Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals;
3255 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian8621d012009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003256 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3257 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]);
3258
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003259 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet CandidateTypes(*this);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003260 if (Op == OO_Less || Op == OO_Greater || Op == OO_LessEqual ||
3261 Op == OO_GreaterEqual || Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_ExclaimEqual ||
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003262 Op == OO_Plus || (Op == OO_Minus && NumArgs == 2) || Op == OO_Equal ||
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003263 Op == OO_PlusEqual || Op == OO_MinusEqual || Op == OO_Subscript ||
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003264 Op == OO_ArrowStar || Op == OO_PlusPlus || Op == OO_MinusMinus ||
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003265 (Op == OO_Star && NumArgs == 1) || Op == OO_Conditional) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003266 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003267 CandidateTypes.AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(),
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003268 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003269 true,
3270 (Op == OO_Exclaim ||
3271 Op == OO_AmpAmp ||
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003272 Op == OO_PipePipe),
3273 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003274 }
3275
3276 bool isComparison = false;
3277 switch (Op) {
3278 case OO_None:
3279 case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
3280 assert(false && "Expected an overloaded operator");
3281 break;
3282
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003283 case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003284 if (NumArgs == 1)
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003285 goto UnaryStar;
3286 else
3287 goto BinaryStar;
3288 break;
3289
3290 case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary
3291 if (NumArgs == 1)
3292 goto UnaryPlus;
3293 else
3294 goto BinaryPlus;
3295 break;
3296
3297 case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary
3298 if (NumArgs == 1)
3299 goto UnaryMinus;
3300 else
3301 goto BinaryMinus;
3302 break;
3303
3304 case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary
3305 if (NumArgs == 1)
3306 goto UnaryAmp;
3307 else
3308 goto BinaryAmp;
3309
3310 case OO_PlusPlus:
3311 case OO_MinusMinus:
3312 // C++ [over.built]p3:
3313 //
3314 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type, and VQ
3315 // is either volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator
3316 // functions of the form
3317 //
3318 // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&);
3319 // T operator++(VQ T&, int);
3320 //
3321 // C++ [over.built]p4:
3322 //
3323 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other
3324 // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist
3325 // candidate operator functions of the form
3326 //
3327 // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&);
3328 // T operator--(VQ T&, int);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003329 for (unsigned Arith = (Op == OO_PlusPlus? 0 : 1);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003330 Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) {
3331 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003332 QualType ParamTypes[2]
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003333 = { Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithTy), Context.IntTy };
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003334
3335 // Non-volatile version.
3336 if (NumArgs == 1)
3337 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3338 else
3339 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003340 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
3341 // Add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type.
3342 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3343 // Volatile version
3344 ParamTypes[0]
3345 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(ArithTy));
3346 if (NumArgs == 1)
3347 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3348 else
3349 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3350 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003351 }
3352
3353 // C++ [over.built]p5:
3354 //
3355 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3356 // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or
3357 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3358 //
3359 // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&);
3360 // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&);
3361 // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int);
3362 // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int);
3363 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3364 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3365 // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003366 if (!(*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003367 continue;
3368
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003369 QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
3370 Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr), Context.IntTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003371 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003372
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003373 // Without volatile
3374 if (NumArgs == 1)
3375 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3376 else
3377 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3378
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003379 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3380 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003381 // With volatile
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003382 ParamTypes[0]
3383 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003384 if (NumArgs == 1)
3385 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3386 else
3387 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3388 }
3389 }
3390 break;
3391
3392 UnaryStar:
3393 // C++ [over.built]p6:
3394 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there
3395 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3396 //
3397 // T& operator*(T*);
3398 //
3399 // C++ [over.built]p7:
3400 // For every function type T, there exist candidate operator
3401 // functions of the form
3402 // T& operator*(T*);
3403 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3404 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3405 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003406 QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003407 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeTy),
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003408 &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3409 }
3410 break;
3411
3412 UnaryPlus:
3413 // C++ [over.built]p8:
3414 // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of
3415 // the form
3416 //
3417 // T* operator+(T*);
3418 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3419 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3420 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
3421 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3422 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003423
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003424 // Fall through
3425
3426 UnaryMinus:
3427 // C++ [over.built]p9:
3428 // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate
3429 // operator functions of the form
3430 //
3431 // T operator+(T);
3432 // T operator-(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003433 for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003434 Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) {
3435 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
3436 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, &ArithTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3437 }
3438 break;
3439
3440 case OO_Tilde:
3441 // C++ [over.built]p10:
3442 // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate
3443 // operator functions of the form
3444 //
3445 // T operator~(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003446 for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003447 Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) {
3448 QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int];
3449 AddBuiltinCandidate(IntTy, &IntTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3450 }
3451 break;
3452
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003453 case OO_New:
3454 case OO_Delete:
3455 case OO_Array_New:
3456 case OO_Array_Delete:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003457 case OO_Call:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003458 assert(false && "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates");
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003459 break;
3460
3461 case OO_Comma:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003462 UnaryAmp:
3463 case OO_Arrow:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003464 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
3465 // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the
3466 // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty.
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003467 break;
3468
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003469 case OO_EqualEqual:
3470 case OO_ExclaimEqual:
3471 // C++ [over.match.oper]p16:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003472 // For every pointer to member type T, there exist candidate operator
3473 // functions of the form
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003474 //
3475 // bool operator==(T,T);
3476 // bool operator!=(T,T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003477 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003478 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3479 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3480 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd;
3481 ++MemPtr) {
3482 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
3483 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3484 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003485
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003486 // Fall through
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003487
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003488 case OO_Less:
3489 case OO_Greater:
3490 case OO_LessEqual:
3491 case OO_GreaterEqual:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003492 // C++ [over.built]p15:
3493 //
3494 // For every pointer or enumeration type T, there exist
3495 // candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003496 //
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003497 // bool operator<(T, T);
3498 // bool operator>(T, T);
3499 // bool operator<=(T, T);
3500 // bool operator>=(T, T);
3501 // bool operator==(T, T);
3502 // bool operator!=(T, T);
3503 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3504 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3505 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3506 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3507 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003508 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Enum
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003509 = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin();
3510 Enum != CandidateTypes.enumeration_end(); ++Enum) {
3511 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
3512 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3513 }
3514
3515 // Fall through.
3516 isComparison = true;
3517
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003518 BinaryPlus:
3519 BinaryMinus:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003520 if (!isComparison) {
3521 // We didn't fall through, so we must have OO_Plus or OO_Minus.
3522
3523 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3524 //
3525 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T
3526 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003527 //
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003528 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3529 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW]
3530 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3531 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3532 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW]
3533 //
3534 // C++ [over.built]p14:
3535 //
3536 // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there
3537 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3538 //
3539 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003540 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003541 = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3542 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3543 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
3544
3545 // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t)
3546 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3547
3548 if (Op == OO_Plus) {
3549 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3550 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3551 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3552 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3553 } else {
3554 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
3555 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3556 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getPointerDiffType(), ParamTypes,
3557 Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3558 }
3559 }
3560 }
3561 // Fall through
3562
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003563 case OO_Slash:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003564 BinaryStar:
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003565 Conditional:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003566 // C++ [over.built]p12:
3567 //
3568 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there
3569 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3570 //
3571 // LR operator*(L, R);
3572 // LR operator/(L, R);
3573 // LR operator+(L, R);
3574 // LR operator-(L, R);
3575 // bool operator<(L, R);
3576 // bool operator>(L, R);
3577 // bool operator<=(L, R);
3578 // bool operator>=(L, R);
3579 // bool operator==(L, R);
3580 // bool operator!=(L, R);
3581 //
3582 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3583 // between types L and R.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003584 //
3585 // C++ [over.built]p24:
3586 //
3587 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist
3588 // candidate operator functions of the form
3589 //
3590 // LR operator?(bool, L, R);
3591 //
3592 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3593 // between types L and R.
3594 // Our candidates ignore the first parameter.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003595 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003596 Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003597 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003598 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3599 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003600 QualType Result
3601 = isComparison
3602 ? Context.BoolTy
3603 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003604 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3605 }
3606 }
3607 break;
3608
3609 case OO_Percent:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003610 BinaryAmp:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003611 case OO_Caret:
3612 case OO_Pipe:
3613 case OO_LessLess:
3614 case OO_GreaterGreater:
3615 // C++ [over.built]p17:
3616 //
3617 // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there
3618 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3619 //
3620 // LR operator%(L, R);
3621 // LR operator&(L, R);
3622 // LR operator^(L, R);
3623 // LR operator|(L, R);
3624 // L operator<<(L, R);
3625 // L operator>>(L, R);
3626 //
3627 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3628 // between types L and R.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003629 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003630 Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003631 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003632 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3633 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
3634 QualType Result = (Op == OO_LessLess || Op == OO_GreaterGreater)
3635 ? LandR[0]
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003636 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003637 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3638 }
3639 }
3640 break;
3641
3642 case OO_Equal:
3643 // C++ [over.built]p20:
3644 //
3645 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003646 // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003647 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3648 //
3649 // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T);
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003650 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3651 Enum = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin(),
3652 EnumEnd = CandidateTypes.enumeration_end();
3653 Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003654 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *Enum, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003655 CandidateSet);
3656 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3657 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3658 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3659 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003660 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *MemPtr, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003661 CandidateSet);
3662 // Fall through.
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003663
3664 case OO_PlusEqual:
3665 case OO_MinusEqual:
3666 // C++ [over.built]p19:
3667 //
3668 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either
3669 // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions
3670 // of the form
3671 //
3672 // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*);
3673 //
3674 // C++ [over.built]p21:
3675 //
3676 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3677 // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or
3678 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3679 //
3680 // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3681 // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3682 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3683 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3684 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3685 ParamTypes[1] = (Op == OO_Equal)? *Ptr : Context.getPointerDiffType();
3686
3687 // non-volatile version
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003688 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr);
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003689 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3690 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003691
Fariborz Jahanian8621d012009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003692 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3693 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003694 // volatile version
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003695 ParamTypes[0]
3696 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003697 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3698 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003699 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003700 }
3701 // Fall through.
3702
3703 case OO_StarEqual:
3704 case OO_SlashEqual:
3705 // C++ [over.built]p18:
3706 //
3707 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type,
3708 // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted
3709 // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of
3710 // the form
3711 //
3712 // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R);
3713 // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R);
3714 // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R);
3715 // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R);
3716 // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R);
3717 for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003718 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003719 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3720 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3721 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3722
3723 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003724 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003725 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3726 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003727
3728 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
Fariborz Jahanian8621d012009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003729 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3730 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
3731 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
3732 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3733 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
3734 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003735 }
3736 }
3737 break;
3738
3739 case OO_PercentEqual:
3740 case OO_LessLessEqual:
3741 case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual:
3742 case OO_AmpEqual:
3743 case OO_CaretEqual:
3744 case OO_PipeEqual:
3745 // C++ [over.built]p22:
3746 //
3747 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ
3748 // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral
3749 // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3750 //
3751 // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R);
3752 // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R);
3753 // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R);
3754 // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R);
3755 // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R);
3756 // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R);
3757 for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003758 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003759 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3760 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3761 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3762
3763 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003764 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003765 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian035c46f2009-10-20 00:04:40 +00003766 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3767 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
3768 ParamTypes[0] = ArithmeticTypes[Left];
3769 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]);
3770 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
3771 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3772 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003773 }
3774 }
3775 break;
3776
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003777 case OO_Exclaim: {
3778 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3779 //
3780 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3781 //
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003782 // bool operator!(bool);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003783 // bool operator&&(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3784 // bool operator||(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3785 QualType ParamTy = Context.BoolTy;
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003786 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet,
3787 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3788 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003789 break;
3790 }
3791
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003792 case OO_AmpAmp:
3793 case OO_PipePipe: {
3794 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3795 //
3796 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3797 //
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003798 // bool operator!(bool); [ABOVE]
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003799 // bool operator&&(bool, bool);
3800 // bool operator||(bool, bool);
3801 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { Context.BoolTy, Context.BoolTy };
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003802 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3803 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3804 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003805 break;
3806 }
3807
3808 case OO_Subscript:
3809 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3810 //
3811 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there
3812 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003813 //
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003814 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
3815 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t);
3816 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
3817 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE]
3818 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
3819 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3820 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3821 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003822 QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003823 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003824
3825 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t)
3826 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3827
3828 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
3829 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3830 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3831 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3832 }
3833 break;
3834
3835 case OO_ArrowStar:
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003836 // C++ [over.built]p11:
3837 // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type,
3838 // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object
3839 // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs,
3840 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3841 // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*);
3842 // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2.
3843 {
3844 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
3845 CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3846 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3847 QualType C1Ty = (*Ptr);
3848 QualType C1;
Fariborz Jahanian5ecd5392009-10-09 16:34:40 +00003849 QualifierCollector Q1;
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003850 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = C1Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian5ecd5392009-10-09 16:34:40 +00003851 C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(PointerTy->getPointeeType()), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003852 if (!isa<RecordType>(C1))
3853 continue;
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003854 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
3855 // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a
3856 // volatile/restrict type.
3857 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile())
3858 continue;
3859 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict())
3860 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003861 }
3862 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3863 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3864 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3865 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
3866 const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(*MemPtr);
3867 QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian43036972009-10-07 16:56:50 +00003868 C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003869 if (C1 != C2 && !IsDerivedFrom(C1, C2))
3870 break;
3871 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *MemPtr };
3872 // build CV12 T&
3873 QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003874 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() &&
3875 T.isVolatileQualified())
3876 continue;
3877 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() &&
3878 T.isRestrictQualified())
3879 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian5ecd5392009-10-09 16:34:40 +00003880 T = Q1.apply(T);
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003881 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
3882 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3883 }
3884 }
3885 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003886 break;
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003887
3888 case OO_Conditional:
3889 // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been
3890 // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are
3891 // therefore added as binary.
3892 //
3893 // C++ [over.built]p24:
3894 // For every type T, where T is a pointer or pointer-to-member type,
3895 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3896 //
3897 // T operator?(bool, T, T);
3898 //
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003899 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin(),
3900 E = CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
3901 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3902 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3903 }
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003904 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
3905 CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3906 E = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
3907 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3908 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3909 }
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003910 goto Conditional;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003911 }
3912}
3913
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003914/// \brief Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup
3915/// to the set of overloading candidates.
3916///
3917/// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the
3918/// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds
3919/// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload
3920/// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003921void
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003922Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
3923 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003924 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003925 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003926 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
3927 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3928 bool PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003929 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003930
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003931 // FIXME: Should we be trafficking in canonical function decls throughout?
3932
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003933 // Record all of the function candidates that we've already
3934 // added to the overload set, so that we don't add those same
3935 // candidates a second time.
3936 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
3937 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
3938 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003939 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003940 Functions.insert(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003941 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
3942 Functions.insert(FunTmpl);
3943 }
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003944
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003945 // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments?
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00003946 ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, /*Operator*/false, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003947
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003948 // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about.
3949 // FIXME: This is suboptimal. Is there a better way?
3950 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
3951 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
3952 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003953 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003954 Functions.erase(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003955 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
3956 Functions.erase(FunTmpl);
3957 }
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003958
3959 // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload
3960 // set.
3961 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
3962 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003963 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003964 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) {
3965 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
3966 continue;
3967
3968 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
3969 false, false, PartialOverloading);
3970 } else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003971 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func),
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003972 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
3973 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
3974 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003975 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003976 }
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003977}
3978
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003979/// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload
3980/// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003981bool
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003982Sema::isBetterOverloadCandidate(const OverloadCandidate& Cand1,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003983 const OverloadCandidate& Cand2) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003984 // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable
3985 // functions.
3986 if (!Cand2.Viable)
3987 return Cand1.Viable;
3988 else if (!Cand1.Viable)
3989 return false;
3990
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003991 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
3992 //
3993 // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such
3994 // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for
3995 // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither
3996 // better nor worse than ICS1(F).
3997 unsigned StartArg = 0;
3998 if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument)
3999 StartArg = 1;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004000
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004001 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004002 // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another
4003 // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004004 // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then...
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004005 unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size();
4006 assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch");
4007 bool HasBetterConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004008 for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004009 switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx],
4010 Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) {
4011 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4012 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4013 HasBetterConversion = true;
4014 break;
4015
4016 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4017 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4018 return false;
4019
4020 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4021 // Do nothing.
4022 break;
4023 }
4024 }
4025
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004026 // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004027 // ICSj(F2), or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004028 if (HasBetterConversion)
4029 return true;
4030
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004031 // - F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004032 // specialization, or, if not that,
4033 if (Cand1.Function && !Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4034 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4035 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004036
4037 // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function
4038 // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2
4039 // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or,
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004040 // if not that,
Douglas Gregor1f561c12009-08-02 23:46:29 +00004041 if (Cand1.Function && Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4042 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004043 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate
4044 = getMoreSpecializedTemplate(Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
4045 Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
Douglas Gregor5d7d3752009-09-14 23:02:14 +00004046 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function)? TPOC_Conversion
4047 : TPOC_Call))
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004048 return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004049
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004050 // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion
4051 // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence
4052 // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e.,
4053 // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better
4054 // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence
4055 // from the return type of F2 to the destination type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004056 if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function &&
4057 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) &&
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004058 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) {
4059 switch (CompareStandardConversionSequences(Cand1.FinalConversion,
4060 Cand2.FinalConversion)) {
4061 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4062 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4063 return true;
4064
4065 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4066 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4067 return false;
4068
4069 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4070 // Do nothing
4071 break;
4072 }
4073 }
4074
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004075 return false;
4076}
4077
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004078/// \brief Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3)
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004079/// within an overload candidate set.
4080///
4081/// \param CandidateSet the set of candidate functions.
4082///
4083/// \param Loc the location of the function name (or operator symbol) for
4084/// which overload resolution occurs.
4085///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004086/// \param Best f overload resolution was successful or found a deleted
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004087/// function, Best points to the candidate function found.
4088///
4089/// \returns The result of overload resolution.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004090Sema::OverloadingResult
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004091Sema::BestViableFunction(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004092 SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004093 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator& Best) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004094 // Find the best viable function.
4095 Best = CandidateSet.end();
4096 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4097 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
4098 if (Cand->Viable) {
4099 if (Best == CandidateSet.end() || isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Cand, *Best))
4100 Best = Cand;
4101 }
4102 }
4103
4104 // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort.
4105 if (Best == CandidateSet.end())
4106 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
4107
4108 // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable
4109 // function. If not, we have an ambiguity.
4110 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4111 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004112 if (Cand->Viable &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004113 Cand != Best &&
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004114 !isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Best, *Cand)) {
4115 Best = CandidateSet.end();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004116 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004117 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004118 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004119
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004120 // Best is the best viable function.
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004121 if (Best->Function &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004122 (Best->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004123 Best->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004124 return OR_Deleted;
4125
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004126 // C++ [basic.def.odr]p2:
4127 // An overloaded function is used if it is selected by overload resolution
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004128 // when referred to from a potentially-evaluated expression. [Note: this
4129 // covers calls to named functions (5.2.2), operator overloading
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004130 // (clause 13), user-defined conversions (12.3.2), allocation function for
4131 // placement new (5.3.4), as well as non-default initialization (8.5).
4132 if (Best->Function)
4133 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004134 return OR_Success;
4135}
4136
4137/// PrintOverloadCandidates - When overload resolution fails, prints
4138/// diagnostic messages containing the candidates in the candidate
4139/// set. If OnlyViable is true, only viable candidates will be printed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004140void
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004141Sema::PrintOverloadCandidates(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Fariborz Jahanian16a5eac2009-10-09 00:13:15 +00004142 bool OnlyViable,
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004143 const char *Opc,
Fariborz Jahanian16a5eac2009-10-09 00:13:15 +00004144 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004145 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4146 LastCand = CandidateSet.end();
Fariborz Jahanian27687cf2009-10-12 17:51:19 +00004147 bool Reported = false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004148 for (; Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004149 if (Cand->Viable || !OnlyViable) {
4150 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004151 if (Cand->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004152 Cand->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004153 // Deleted or "unavailable" function.
4154 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate_deleted)
4155 << Cand->Function->isDeleted();
Douglas Gregor1fdd89b2009-09-15 20:11:42 +00004156 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
4157 = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
4158 // Function template specialization
4159 // FIXME: Give a better reason!
4160 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_template_candidate)
4161 << getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(),
4162 *Cand->Function->getTemplateSpecializationArgs());
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004163 } else {
4164 // Normal function
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +00004165 bool errReported = false;
4166 if (!Cand->Viable && Cand->Conversions.size() > 0) {
4167 for (int i = Cand->Conversions.size()-1; i >= 0; i--) {
4168 const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conversion =
4169 Cand->Conversions[i];
4170 if ((Conversion.ConversionKind !=
4171 ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) ||
4172 Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet.size() == 0)
4173 continue;
4174 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(),
4175 diag::err_ovl_candidate_not_viable) << (i+1);
4176 errReported = true;
4177 for (int j = Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet.size()-1;
4178 j >= 0; j--) {
4179 FunctionDecl *Func = Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet[j];
4180 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
4181 }
4182 }
4183 }
4184 if (!errReported)
4185 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004186 }
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004187 } else if (Cand->IsSurrogate) {
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004188 // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type,
4189 // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing
4190 // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types).
4191 QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004192 bool isLValueReference = false;
4193 bool isRValueReference = false;
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004194 bool isPointer = false;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004195 if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004196 FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004197 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004198 isLValueReference = true;
4199 } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004200 FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004201 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
4202 isRValueReference = true;
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004203 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004204 if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004205 FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4206 isPointer = true;
4207 }
4208 // Desugar down to a function type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004209 FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0);
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004210 // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate.
4211 if (isPointer) FnType = Context.getPointerType(FnType);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004212 if (isRValueReference) FnType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType);
4213 if (isLValueReference) FnType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType);
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004214
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004215 Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_surrogate_cand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004216 << FnType;
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004217 } else if (OnlyViable) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004218 assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 &&
Fariborz Jahanianad3607d2009-10-09 17:09:58 +00004219 "builtin-binary-operator-not-binary");
Fariborz Jahanian866b2742009-10-16 23:25:02 +00004220 std::string TypeStr("operator");
4221 TypeStr += Opc;
4222 TypeStr += "(";
4223 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0].getAsString();
4224 if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) {
4225 TypeStr += ")";
4226 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_builtin_unary_candidate) << TypeStr;
4227 }
4228 else {
4229 TypeStr += ", ";
4230 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1].getAsString();
4231 TypeStr += ")";
4232 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_builtin_binary_candidate) << TypeStr;
4233 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004234 }
Fariborz Jahanian27687cf2009-10-12 17:51:19 +00004235 else if (!Cand->Viable && !Reported) {
4236 // Non-viability might be due to ambiguous user-defined conversions,
4237 // needed for built-in operators. Report them as well, but only once
4238 // as we have typically many built-in candidates.
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004239 unsigned NoOperands = Cand->Conversions.size();
4240 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NoOperands; ++ArgIdx) {
Fariborz Jahanian27687cf2009-10-12 17:51:19 +00004241 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS = Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx];
4242 if (ICS.ConversionKind != ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion ||
4243 ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.empty())
4244 continue;
4245 if (CXXConversionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
4246 Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[0])) {
4247 QualType FromTy =
4248 QualType(
4249 static_cast<Type*>(ICS.UserDefined.Before.FromTypePtr),0);
4250 Diag(OpLoc,diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion)
4251 << FromTy << Func->getConversionType();
4252 }
4253 for (unsigned j = 0; j < ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.size(); j++) {
4254 FunctionDecl *Func =
4255 Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[j];
4256 Diag(Func->getLocation(),diag::err_ovl_candidate);
4257 }
4258 }
4259 Reported = true;
4260 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004261 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004262 }
4263}
4264
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004265/// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of
4266/// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an
4267/// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type
4268/// we're trying to resolve to. For example:
4269///
4270/// @code
4271/// int f(double);
4272/// int f(int);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004273///
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004274/// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double)
4275/// @endcode
4276///
4277/// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be
4278/// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this
4279/// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error.
4280FunctionDecl *
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004281Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004282 bool Complain) {
4283 QualType FunctionType = ToType;
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004284 bool IsMember = false;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004285 if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004286 FunctionType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004287 else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = ToType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Daniel Dunbarbb710012009-02-26 19:13:44 +00004288 FunctionType = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004289 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004290 ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004291 FunctionType = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4292 IsMember = true;
4293 }
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004294
4295 // We only look at pointers or references to functions.
Douglas Gregor72e771f2009-07-09 17:16:51 +00004296 FunctionType = Context.getCanonicalType(FunctionType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004297 if (!FunctionType->isFunctionType())
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004298 return 0;
4299
4300 // Find the actual overloaded function declaration.
4301 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004302
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004303 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4304 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
4305 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
4306 Expr *OvlExpr = From->IgnoreParens();
4307
4308 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4309 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
4310 // operator.
4311 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OvlExpr)) {
4312 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf)
4313 OvlExpr = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
4314 }
4315
Anders Carlsson70534852009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004316 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004317 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Anders Carlsson70534852009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004318 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
4319
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004320 // Try to dig out the overloaded function.
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004321 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
4322 if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004323 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004324 FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(DR->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00004325 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = DR->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList();
4326 ExplicitTemplateArgs = DR->getTemplateArgs();
4327 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = DR->getNumTemplateArgs();
Anders Carlsson6e8f5502009-10-07 22:26:29 +00004328 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4329 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
4330 FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00004331 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList();
4332 ExplicitTemplateArgs = ME->getTemplateArgs();
4333 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = ME->getNumTemplateArgs();
Anders Carlsson70534852009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004334 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TIRE = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4335 TemplateName Name = TIRE->getTemplateName();
4336 Ovl = Name.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
4337 FunctionTemplate =
4338 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Name.getAsTemplateDecl());
4339
4340 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
4341 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TIRE->getTemplateArgs();
4342 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TIRE->getNumTemplateArgs();
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004343 }
Anders Carlsson70534852009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004344
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004345 // If there's no overloaded function declaration or function template,
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004346 // we're done.
4347 if (!Ovl && !FunctionTemplate)
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004348 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004349
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004350 OverloadIterator Fun;
4351 if (Ovl)
4352 Fun = Ovl;
4353 else
4354 Fun = FunctionTemplate;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004355
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004356 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
4357 // whose type matches exactly.
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004358 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4> Matches;
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004359 bool FoundNonTemplateFunction = false;
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004360 for (OverloadIterator FunEnd; Fun != FunEnd; ++Fun) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004361 // C++ [over.over]p3:
4362 // Non-member functions and static member functions match
Sebastian Redl0defd762009-02-05 12:33:33 +00004363 // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function."
4364 // Nonstatic member functions match targets of
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004365 // type "pointer-to-member-function."
4366 // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter.
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004367
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004368 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004369 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Fun)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004370 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004371 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004372 // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004373 // static when converting to member pointer.
4374 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
4375 continue;
4376 } else if (IsMember)
4377 continue;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004378
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004379 // C++ [over.over]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004380 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
4381 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
4382 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
4383 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004384 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregorb9aa6b22009-09-24 23:14:47 +00004385 // FIXME: We don't really want to build the specialization here, do we?
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004386 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
4387 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
4388 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Anders Carlsson70534852009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004389 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4390 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4391 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004392 FunctionType, Specialization, Info)) {
4393 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
4394 (void)Result;
4395 } else {
Douglas Gregorb9aa6b22009-09-24 23:14:47 +00004396 // FIXME: If the match isn't exact, shouldn't we just drop this as
4397 // a candidate? Find a testcase before changing the code.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004398 assert(FunctionType
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004399 == Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()));
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004400 Matches.insert(
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00004401 cast<FunctionDecl>(Specialization->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004402 }
4403 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004404
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004405 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Fun)) {
4406 // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static
4407 // when converting to member pointer.
4408 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004409 continue;
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00004410
4411 // If we have explicit template arguments, skip non-templates.
4412 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
4413 continue;
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004414 } else if (IsMember)
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004415 continue;
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004416
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00004417 if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Fun)) {
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004418 if (FunctionType == Context.getCanonicalType(FunDecl->getType())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00004419 Matches.insert(cast<FunctionDecl>(Fun->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004420 FoundNonTemplateFunction = true;
4421 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004422 }
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004423 }
4424
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004425 // If there were 0 or 1 matches, we're done.
4426 if (Matches.empty())
4427 return 0;
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004428 else if (Matches.size() == 1) {
4429 FunctionDecl *Result = *Matches.begin();
4430 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4431 return Result;
4432 }
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004433
4434 // C++ [over.over]p4:
4435 // If more than one function is selected, [...]
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004436 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4>::iterator MatchIter;
Douglas Gregor312a2022009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004437 if (!FoundNonTemplateFunction) {
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004438 // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is
4439 // eliminated if the set contains a second function template
4440 // specialization whose function template is more specialized
4441 // than the function template of F1 according to the partial
4442 // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2.
4443
4444 // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a
4445 // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the
4446 // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the
4447 // best function template (if it exists).
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004448 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 8> TemplateMatches(Matches.begin(),
Douglas Gregor312a2022009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004449 Matches.end());
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004450 FunctionDecl *Result =
4451 getMostSpecialized(TemplateMatches.data(), TemplateMatches.size(),
4452 TPOC_Other, From->getLocStart(),
4453 PDiag(),
4454 PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
4455 << TemplateMatches[0]->getDeclName(),
4456 PDiag(diag::err_ovl_template_candidate));
4457 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4458 return Result;
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004459 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004460
Douglas Gregor312a2022009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004461 // [...] any function template specializations in the set are
4462 // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...]
4463 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> RemainingMatches;
4464 for (MatchIter M = Matches.begin(), MEnd = Matches.end(); M != MEnd; ++M)
4465 if ((*M)->getPrimaryTemplate() == 0)
4466 RemainingMatches.push_back(*M);
4467
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004468 // [...] After such eliminations, if any, there shall remain exactly one
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004469 // selected function.
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004470 if (RemainingMatches.size() == 1) {
4471 FunctionDecl *Result = RemainingMatches.front();
4472 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4473 return Result;
4474 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004475
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004476 // FIXME: We should probably return the same thing that BestViableFunction
4477 // returns (even if we issue the diagnostics here).
4478 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
4479 << RemainingMatches[0]->getDeclName();
4480 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RemainingMatches.size(); I != N; ++I)
4481 Diag(RemainingMatches[I]->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004482 return 0;
4483}
4484
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004485/// \brief Add a single candidate to the overload set.
4486static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S,
4487 AnyFunctionDecl Callee,
4488 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
4489 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004490 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004491 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4492 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4493 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
4494 bool PartialOverloading) {
4495 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
4496 assert(!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && "Explicit template arguments?");
4497 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, false, false,
4498 PartialOverloading);
4499
4500 if (Func->getDeclContext()->isRecord() ||
4501 Func->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4502 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
4503 return;
4504 }
4505
4506 FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee);
4507 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4508 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4509 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4510 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
4511
4512 if (FuncTemplate->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
4513 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
4514}
4515
4516/// \brief Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument
4517/// dependent lookup to the given overload set.
4518void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(NamedDecl *Callee,
4519 DeclarationName &UnqualifiedName,
4520 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
4521 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004522 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004523 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4524 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4525 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
4526 bool PartialOverloading) {
4527 // Add the functions denoted by Callee to the set of candidate
4528 // functions. While we're doing so, track whether argument-dependent
4529 // lookup still applies, per:
4530 //
4531 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
4532 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
4533 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
4534 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains
4535 //
4536 // -- a declaration of a class member, or
4537 //
4538 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
4539 // using-declaration (FIXME: check for using declaration), or
4540 //
4541 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
4542 // template
4543 //
4544 // then Y is empty.
4545 if (!Callee) {
4546 // Nothing to do.
4547 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
4548 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
4549 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
4550 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
4551 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4552 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, *Func, ArgumentDependentLookup,
4553 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4554 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4555 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
4556 PartialOverloading);
4557 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Callee) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee))
4558 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this,
4559 AnyFunctionDecl::getFromNamedDecl(Callee),
4560 ArgumentDependentLookup,
4561 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4562 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4563 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
4564 PartialOverloading);
4565 // FIXME: assert isa<FunctionDecl> || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl> rather than
4566 // checking dynamically.
4567
4568 if (Callee)
4569 UnqualifiedName = Callee->getDeclName();
4570
4571 if (ArgumentDependentLookup)
4572 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(UnqualifiedName, Args, NumArgs,
4573 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4574 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4575 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4576 CandidateSet,
4577 PartialOverloading);
4578}
4579
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004580/// ResolveOverloadedCallFn - Given the call expression that calls Fn
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004581/// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call
4582/// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down
4583/// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns
4584/// the function declaration produced by overload
Douglas Gregor0a396682008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004585/// resolution. Otherwise, emits diagnostics, deletes all of the
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004586/// arguments and Fn, and returns NULL.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004587FunctionDecl *Sema::ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *Callee,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004588 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004589 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004590 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004591 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor0a396682008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004592 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4593 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004594 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004595 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004596 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup) {
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004597 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004598
4599 // Add the functions denoted by Callee to the set of candidate
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004600 // functions.
4601 AddOverloadedCallCandidates(Callee, UnqualifiedName, ArgumentDependentLookup,
4602 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4603 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, NumArgs,
4604 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004605 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004606 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Fn->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor0a396682008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004607 case OR_Success:
4608 return Best->Function;
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004609
4610 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chris Lattner4330d652009-02-17 07:29:20 +00004611 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004612 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
Chris Lattner4330d652009-02-17 07:29:20 +00004613 << UnqualifiedName << Fn->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004614 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
4615 break;
4616
4617 case OR_Ambiguous:
4618 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004619 << UnqualifiedName << Fn->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004620 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4621 break;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004622
4623 case OR_Deleted:
4624 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
4625 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4626 << UnqualifiedName
4627 << Fn->getSourceRange();
4628 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4629 break;
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004630 }
4631
4632 // Overload resolution failed. Destroy all of the subexpressions and
4633 // return NULL.
4634 Fn->Destroy(Context);
4635 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
4636 Args[Arg]->Destroy(Context);
4637 return 0;
4638}
4639
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004640/// \brief Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
4641/// operator.
4642///
4643/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*').
4644///
4645/// \param OpcIn The UnaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
4646/// operator.
4647///
4648/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
4649/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
4650/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
4651/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
4652/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
4653/// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp().
4654///
4655/// \param input The input argument.
4656Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4657 unsigned OpcIn,
4658 FunctionSet &Functions,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004659 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004660 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
4661 Expr *Input = (Expr *)input.get();
4662
4663 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4664 assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator");
4665 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
4666
4667 Expr *Args[2] = { Input, 0 };
4668 unsigned NumArgs = 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004669
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004670 // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as
4671 // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or
4672 // post-decrement.
4673 if (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc || Opc == UnaryOperator::PostDec) {
4674 llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004675 Args[1] = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(Zero, Context.IntTy,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004676 SourceLocation());
4677 NumArgs = 2;
4678 }
4679
4680 if (Input->isTypeDependent()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004681 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overloads
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004682 = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, OpName);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004683 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004684 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
4685 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4686 Overloads->addOverload(*Func);
4687
4688 DeclRefExpr *Fn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Overloads, Context.OverloadTy,
4689 OpLoc, false, false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004690
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004691 input.release();
4692 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
4693 &Args[0], NumArgs,
4694 Context.DependentTy,
4695 OpLoc));
4696 }
4697
4698 // Build an empty overload set.
4699 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
4700
4701 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
4702 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet, false);
4703
4704 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
4705 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
4706
4707 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00004708 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004709
4710 // Perform overload resolution.
4711 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004712 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004713 case OR_Success: {
4714 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
4715 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004716
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004717 if (FnDecl) {
4718 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
4719 // operator.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004720
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004721 // Convert the arguments.
4722 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
4723 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, Method))
4724 return ExprError();
4725 } else {
4726 // Convert the arguments.
4727 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Input,
4728 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
4729 "passing"))
4730 return ExprError();
4731 }
4732
4733 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson26a2a072009-10-13 21:19:37 +00004734 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004735
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004736 // Build the actual expression node.
4737 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
4738 SourceLocation());
4739 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004740
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004741 input.release();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004742
Anders Carlsson26a2a072009-10-13 21:19:37 +00004743 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this,
4744 new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
4745 &Input, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4746
4747 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
4748 FnDecl))
4749 return ExprError();
4750
4751 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004752 } else {
4753 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
4754 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
4755 // operator node.
4756 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
4757 Best->Conversions[0], "passing"))
4758 return ExprError();
4759
4760 break;
4761 }
4762 }
4763
4764 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
4765 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
4766 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
4767 break;
4768
4769 case OR_Ambiguous:
4770 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
4771 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4772 << Input->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004773 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true,
4774 UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004775 return ExprError();
4776
4777 case OR_Deleted:
4778 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
4779 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4780 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4781 << Input->getSourceRange();
4782 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4783 return ExprError();
4784 }
4785
4786 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
4787 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
4788 // build a built-in operation.
4789 input.release();
4790 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Owned(Input));
4791}
4792
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004793/// \brief Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
4794/// operator.
4795///
4796/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+').
4797///
4798/// \param OpcIn The BinaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
4799/// operator.
4800///
4801/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
4802/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
4803/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
4804/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
4805/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
4806/// by CreateOverloadedBinOp().
4807///
4808/// \param LHS Left-hand argument.
4809/// \param RHS Right-hand argument.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004810Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004811Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004812 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004813 FunctionSet &Functions,
4814 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004815 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS };
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004816 LHS=RHS=0; //Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004817
4818 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<BinaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
4819 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4820 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
4821
4822 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
4823 // expression.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004824 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00004825 if (Functions.empty()) {
4826 // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent
4827 // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment.
4828 if (Opc <= BinaryOperator::Assign || Opc > BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
4829 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
4830 Context.DependentTy, OpLoc));
4831
4832 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
4833 Context.DependentTy,
4834 Context.DependentTy,
4835 Context.DependentTy,
4836 OpLoc));
4837 }
4838
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004839 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overloads
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004840 = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, OpName);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004841 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004842 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
4843 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4844 Overloads->addOverload(*Func);
4845
4846 DeclRefExpr *Fn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Overloads, Context.OverloadTy,
4847 OpLoc, false, false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004848
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004849 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004850 Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004851 Context.DependentTy,
4852 OpLoc));
4853 }
4854
4855 // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just
4856 // create a built-in binary operator.
4857 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004858 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004859
4860 // If this is one of the assignment operators, we only perform
4861 // overload resolution if the left-hand side is a class or
4862 // enumeration type (C++ [expr.ass]p3).
4863 if (Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign &&
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004864 !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType())
4865 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004866
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004867 // Build an empty overload set.
4868 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004869
4870 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
4871 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, 2, CandidateSet, false);
4872
4873 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
4874 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4875
4876 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00004877 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004878
4879 // Perform overload resolution.
4880 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004881 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004882 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004883 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
4884 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
4885
4886 if (FnDecl) {
4887 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
4888 // operator.
4889
4890 // Convert the arguments.
4891 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004892 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], Method) ||
4893 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1], FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004894 "passing"))
4895 return ExprError();
4896 } else {
4897 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004898 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Args[0], FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004899 "passing") ||
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004900 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1], FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004901 "passing"))
4902 return ExprError();
4903 }
4904
4905 // Determine the result type
4906 QualType ResultTy
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004907 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004908 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
4909
4910 // Build the actual expression node.
4911 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis81273092009-07-14 03:19:38 +00004912 OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004913 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
4914
Anders Carlsson15ea3782009-10-13 22:43:21 +00004915 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
4916 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
4917 Args, 2, ResultTy,
4918 OpLoc));
4919
4920 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
4921 FnDecl))
4922 return ExprError();
4923
4924 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004925 } else {
4926 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
4927 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
4928 // operator node.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004929 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004930 Best->Conversions[0], "passing") ||
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004931 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004932 Best->Conversions[1], "passing"))
4933 return ExprError();
4934
4935 break;
4936 }
4937 }
4938
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004939 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
4940 // C++ [over.match.oper]p9:
4941 // If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no
4942 // viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the
4943 // built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5.
4944 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::Comma)
4945 break;
4946
Sebastian Redl8593c782009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004947 // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assigment operator
4948 // do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that no overloaded
4949 // assignment operator found
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004950 OwningExprResult Result = ExprError();
4951 if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() &&
4952 Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign) {
Sebastian Redl8593c782009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004953 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
4954 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004955 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004956 } else {
4957 // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
4958 // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
4959 Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Sebastian Redl8593c782009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004960 }
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004961 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
4962 "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
4963 if (Result.isInvalid())
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004964 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false,
4965 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004966 return move(Result);
4967 }
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004968
4969 case OR_Ambiguous:
4970 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
4971 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004972 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004973 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true,
4974 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004975 return ExprError();
4976
4977 case OR_Deleted:
4978 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
4979 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4980 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004981 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004982 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4983 return ExprError();
4984 }
4985
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004986 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004987 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004988}
4989
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00004990Action::OwningExprResult
4991Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
4992 SourceLocation RLoc,
4993 ExprArg Base, ExprArg Idx) {
4994 Expr *Args[2] = { static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
4995 static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()) };
4996 DeclarationName OpName =
4997 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript);
4998
4999 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
5000 // expression.
5001 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
5002
5003 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overloads
5004 = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, OpName);
5005
5006 DeclRefExpr *Fn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Overloads, Context.OverloadTy,
5007 LLoc, false, false);
5008
5009 Base.release();
5010 Idx.release();
5011 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn,
5012 Args, 2,
5013 Context.DependentTy,
5014 RLoc));
5015 }
5016
5017 // Build an empty overload set.
5018 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
5019
5020 // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function.
5021
5022 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5023 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5024
5025 // Add builtin operator candidates.
5026 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5027
5028 // Perform overload resolution.
5029 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
5030 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
5031 case OR_Success: {
5032 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5033 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
5034
5035 if (FnDecl) {
5036 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5037 // operator.
5038
5039 // Convert the arguments.
5040 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl);
5041 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], Method) ||
5042 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1],
5043 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
5044 "passing"))
5045 return ExprError();
5046
5047 // Determine the result type
5048 QualType ResultTy
5049 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5050 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
5051
5052 // Build the actual expression node.
5053 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
5054 LLoc);
5055 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
5056
5057 Base.release();
5058 Idx.release();
5059 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5060 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
5061 FnExpr, Args, 2,
5062 ResultTy, RLoc));
5063
5064 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), LLoc, TheCall.get(),
5065 FnDecl))
5066 return ExprError();
5067
5068 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
5069 } else {
5070 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5071 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5072 // operator node.
5073 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
5074 Best->Conversions[0], "passing") ||
5075 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
5076 Best->Conversions[1], "passing"))
5077 return ExprError();
5078
5079 break;
5080 }
5081 }
5082
5083 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
5084 // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
5085 // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
5086 OwningExprResult Result =
5087 CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
5088 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
5089 "C++ subscript operator overloading is missing candidates!");
5090 if (Result.isInvalid())
5091 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false,
5092 "[]", LLoc);
5093 return move(Result);
5094 }
5095
5096 case OR_Ambiguous:
5097 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5098 << "[]" << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
5099 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true,
5100 "[]", LLoc);
5101 return ExprError();
5102
5103 case OR_Deleted:
5104 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5105 << Best->Function->isDeleted() << "[]"
5106 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
5107 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5108 return ExprError();
5109 }
5110
5111 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
5112 Base.release();
5113 Idx.release();
5114 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Owned(Args[0]), LLoc,
5115 Owned(Args[1]), RLoc);
5116}
5117
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005118/// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member
5119/// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member
5120/// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the
5121/// arguments to the function call (not including the object
5122/// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member
5123/// expression refers to a member function or an overloaded member
5124/// function.
5125Sema::ExprResult
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005126Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE,
5127 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005128 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
5129 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5130 // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object
5131 // argument and the member function we're referring to.
5132 MemberExpr *MemExpr = 0;
5133 if (ParenExpr *ParenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(MemExprE))
5134 MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(ParenE->getSubExpr());
5135 else
5136 MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE);
5137 assert(MemExpr && "Building member call without member expression");
5138
5139 // Extract the object argument.
5140 Expr *ObjectArg = MemExpr->getBase();
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00005141
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005142 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005143 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
5144 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005145 // Add overload candidates
5146 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005147 DeclarationName DeclName = MemExpr->getMemberDecl()->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005148
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005149 for (OverloadIterator Func(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()), FuncEnd;
5150 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005151 if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))) {
5152 // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a
5153 // non-template member function.
5154 if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList())
5155 continue;
5156
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005157 AddMethodCandidate(Method, ObjectArg, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005158 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005159 } else
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00005160 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func),
5161 MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList(),
5162 MemExpr->getTemplateArgs(),
5163 MemExpr->getNumTemplateArgs(),
5164 ObjectArg, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005165 CandidateSet,
5166 /*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false);
5167 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005168
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005169 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005170 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, MemExpr->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005171 case OR_Success:
5172 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
5173 break;
5174
5175 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005176 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005177 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call)
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005178 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005179 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
5180 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
5181 return true;
5182
5183 case OR_Ambiguous:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005184 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005185 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call)
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005186 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005187 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
5188 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
5189 return true;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005190
5191 case OR_Deleted:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005192 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005193 diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call)
5194 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005195 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005196 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
5197 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
5198 return true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005199 }
5200
5201 FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExpr, Method);
5202 } else {
5203 Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl());
5204 }
5205
5206 assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005207 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00005208 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExpr, Args,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005209 NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005210 Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
5211 RParenLoc));
5212
Anders Carlssoneed3e692009-10-10 00:06:20 +00005213 // Check for a valid return type.
5214 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
5215 TheCall.get(), Method))
5216 return true;
5217
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005218 // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005219 if (!Method->isStatic() &&
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005220 PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectArg, Method))
5221 return true;
5222 MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg);
5223
5224 // Convert the rest of the arguments
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005225 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005226 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005227 RParenLoc))
5228 return true;
5229
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00005230 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
5231 return true;
Anders Carlsson6f680272009-08-16 03:42:12 +00005232
5233 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005234}
5235
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005236/// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class
5237/// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an
5238/// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a
5239/// user-defined conversion on the object argument.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005240Sema::ExprResult
5241Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object,
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +00005242 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005243 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005244 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005245 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5246 assert(Object->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument");
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005247 const RecordType *Record = Object->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005248
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005249 // C++ [over.call.object]p1:
5250 // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax
Eli Friedman33a31382009-08-05 19:21:58 +00005251 // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005252 // candidate functions includes at least the function call
5253 // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by
5254 // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of
5255 // (E).operator().
5256 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005257 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
Douglas Gregor593564b2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00005258
5259 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object->getType(),
5260 PartialDiagnostic(diag::err_incomplete_object_call)
5261 << Object->getSourceRange()))
5262 return true;
5263
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00005264 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, LParenLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
5265 LookupQualifiedName(R, Record->getDecl());
5266 R.suppressDiagnostics();
5267
Douglas Gregor593564b2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00005268 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
Douglas Gregor3734c212009-11-07 17:23:56 +00005269 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
5270 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Oper)) {
5271 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl, false, 0, 0, Object, Args, NumArgs,
5272 CandidateSet,
5273 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
5274 continue;
5275 }
5276
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005277 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Oper), Object, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00005278 CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregor3734c212009-11-07 17:23:56 +00005279 }
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005280
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005281 // C++ [over.call.object]p2:
5282 // In addition, for each conversion function declared in T of the
5283 // form
5284 //
5285 // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier;
5286 //
5287 // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a
5288 // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id
Douglas Gregora967a6f2008-11-20 13:33:37 +00005289 // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning
5290 // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of
5291 // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function
5292 // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...]
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005293 // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly,
5294 // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate
5295 // functions for each conversion function declared in an
5296 // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden
5297 // within T by another intervening declaration.
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005298 // FIXME: Look in base classes for more conversion operators!
5299 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
5300 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getConversionFunctions();
5301 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
5302 Func = Conversions->function_begin(),
5303 FuncEnd = Conversions->function_end();
5304 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
5305 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
5306 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
5307 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005308
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005309 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't
5310 // surrogates.
5311 if (ConvTemplate)
5312 continue;
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00005313
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005314 // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if
5315 // any) to get down to what might be a function type.
5316 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
5317 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
5318 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005319
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005320 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
5321 AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, Proto, Object, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005322 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005323
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005324 // Perform overload resolution.
5325 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005326 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Object->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005327 case OR_Success:
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005328 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call
5329 // below.
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005330 break;
5331
5332 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005333 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Sebastian Redle4c452c2008-11-22 13:44:36 +00005334 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call)
Chris Lattner4330d652009-02-17 07:29:20 +00005335 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redle4c452c2008-11-22 13:44:36 +00005336 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005337 break;
5338
5339 case OR_Ambiguous:
5340 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5341 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005342 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005343 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5344 break;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005345
5346 case OR_Deleted:
5347 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5348 diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call)
5349 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
5350 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
5351 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5352 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005353 }
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005354
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005355 if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005356 // We had an error; delete all of the subexpressions and return
5357 // the error.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005358 Object->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005359 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005360 Args[ArgIdx]->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005361 return true;
5362 }
5363
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005364 if (Best->Function == 0) {
5365 // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the
5366 // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005367 CXXConversionDecl *Conv
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005368 = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
5369 Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction);
5370
5371 // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the
5372 // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion
5373 // on the object argument, then let ActOnCallExpr finish the job.
Fariborz Jahaniand8307b12009-09-28 18:35:46 +00005374
5375 // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator.
Fariborz Jahanianb7400232009-09-28 23:23:40 +00005376 // and then call it.
Fariborz Jahaniand8307b12009-09-28 18:35:46 +00005377 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
Fariborz Jahanianb7400232009-09-28 23:23:40 +00005378 BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object, Conv);
5379
Fariborz Jahaniand8307b12009-09-28 18:35:46 +00005380 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, CE), LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005381 MultiExprArg(*this, (ExprTy**)Args, NumArgs),
5382 CommaLocs, RParenLoc).release();
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005383 }
5384
5385 // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr
5386 // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object
5387 // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments.
5388 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005389 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005390
5391 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
5392 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
5393
5394 // Build the full argument list for the method call (the
5395 // implicit object parameter is placed at the beginning of the
5396 // list).
5397 Expr **MethodArgs;
5398 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
5399 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
5400 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgsInProto + 1];
5401 } else {
5402 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgs + 1];
5403 }
5404 MethodArgs[0] = Object;
5405 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
5406 MethodArgs[ArgIdx + 1] = Args[ArgIdx];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005407
5408 Expr *NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005409 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005410 UsualUnaryConversions(NewFn);
5411
5412 // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly
5413 // owned.
5414 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005415 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5416 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Call, NewFn,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005417 MethodArgs, NumArgs + 1,
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005418 ResultTy, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005419 delete [] MethodArgs;
5420
Anders Carlsson07d68f12009-10-13 21:49:31 +00005421 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), LParenLoc, TheCall.get(),
5422 Method))
5423 return true;
5424
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005425 // We may have default arguments. If so, we need to allocate more
5426 // slots in the call for them.
5427 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto)
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005428 TheCall->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto + 1);
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005429 else if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto)
5430 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
5431
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005432 bool IsError = false;
5433
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005434 // Initialize the implicit object parameter.
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005435 IsError |= PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Method);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005436 TheCall->setArg(0, Object);
5437
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005438
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005439 // Check the argument types.
5440 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005441 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005442 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005443 Arg = Args[i];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005444
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005445 // Pass the argument.
5446 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005447 IsError |= PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing");
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005448 } else {
Douglas Gregord47c47d2009-11-09 19:27:57 +00005449 OwningExprResult DefArg
5450 = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i));
5451 if (DefArg.isInvalid()) {
5452 IsError = true;
5453 break;
5454 }
5455
5456 Arg = DefArg.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005457 }
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005458
5459 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
5460 }
5461
5462 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
5463 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
5464 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
5465 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
5466 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005467 IsError |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, VariadicMethod);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005468 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
5469 }
5470 }
5471
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005472 if (IsError) return true;
5473
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00005474 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
5475 return true;
5476
Anders Carlssona303f9e2009-08-16 03:53:54 +00005477 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release();
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005478}
5479
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005480/// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator->
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005481/// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005482/// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find.
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005483Sema::OwningExprResult
5484Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseIn, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
5485 Expr *Base = static_cast<Expr *>(BaseIn.get());
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005486 assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005487
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005488 // C++ [over.ref]p1:
5489 //
5490 // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m
5491 // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if
5492 // the operator is selected as the best match function by the
5493 // overload resolution mechanism (13.3).
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005494 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow);
5495 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005496 const RecordType *BaseRecord = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005497
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00005498 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
5499 LookupQualifiedName(R, BaseRecord->getDecl());
5500 R.suppressDiagnostics();
Anders Carlssone30572a2009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005501
5502 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
5503 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper)
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00005504 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Oper), Base, 0, 0, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005505 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005506
5507 // Perform overload resolution.
5508 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005509 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005510 case OR_Success:
5511 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below.
5512 break;
5513
5514 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5515 if (CandidateSet.empty())
5516 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005517 << Base->getType() << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005518 else
5519 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005520 << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005521 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005522 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005523
5524 case OR_Ambiguous:
5525 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
Anders Carlssone30572a2009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005526 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005527 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005528 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005529
5530 case OR_Deleted:
5531 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5532 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Anders Carlssone30572a2009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005533 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005534 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005535 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005536 }
5537
5538 // Convert the object parameter.
5539 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
Douglas Gregorfc195ef2008-11-21 03:04:22 +00005540 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, Method))
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005541 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorfc195ef2008-11-21 03:04:22 +00005542
5543 // No concerns about early exits now.
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005544 BaseIn.release();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005545
5546 // Build the operator call.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005547 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
5548 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005549 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Anders Carlsson15ea3782009-10-13 22:43:21 +00005550
5551 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
5552 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5553 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr,
5554 &Base, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5555
5556 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
5557 Method))
5558 return ExprError();
5559 return move(TheCall);
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005560}
5561
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005562/// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to
5563/// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and
5564/// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function
5565/// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to
Anders Carlsson96ad5332009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005566/// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr.
5567Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, FunctionDecl *Fn) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005568 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
Anders Carlsson96ad5332009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005569 Expr *NewExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(), Fn);
Douglas Gregor097bfb12009-10-23 22:18:25 +00005570 PE->setSubExpr(NewExpr);
5571 PE->setType(NewExpr->getType());
5572 } else if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
5573 Expr *NewExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(), Fn);
5574 assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
5575 NewExpr->getType()) &&
5576 "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload");
5577 ICE->setSubExpr(NewExpr);
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005578 } else if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005579 assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf &&
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005580 "Can only take the address of an overloaded function");
Douglas Gregorb86b0572009-02-11 01:18:59 +00005581 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
5582 if (Method->isStatic()) {
5583 // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different
5584 // from non-member functions.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005585 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(UnOp->getSubExpr())) {
5586 if (DRE->getQualifier()) {
5587 // We have taken the address of a pointer to member
5588 // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the
5589 // appropriate pointer to member type.
5590 DRE->setDecl(Fn);
5591 DRE->setType(Fn->getType());
5592 QualType ClassType
5593 = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()));
5594 E->setType(Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(),
5595 ClassType.getTypePtr()));
5596 return E;
5597 }
Douglas Gregorb86b0572009-02-11 01:18:59 +00005598 }
Douglas Gregor423a4e02009-10-22 18:02:20 +00005599 // FIXME: TemplateIdRefExpr referring to a member function template
5600 // specialization!
Douglas Gregorb86b0572009-02-11 01:18:59 +00005601 }
Anders Carlsson96ad5332009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005602 Expr *NewExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), Fn);
5603 UnOp->setSubExpr(NewExpr);
5604 UnOp->setType(Context.getPointerType(NewExpr->getType()));
5605
5606 return UnOp;
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005607 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005608 assert((isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl()) ||
Douglas Gregor097bfb12009-10-23 22:18:25 +00005609 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(DR->getDecl()) ||
5610 isa<FunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl())) &&
5611 "Expected function or function template");
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005612 DR->setDecl(Fn);
5613 E->setType(Fn->getType());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005614 } else if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
5615 MemExpr->setMemberDecl(Fn);
5616 E->setType(Fn->getType());
Anders Carlsson96ad5332009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005617 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TID = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(E)) {
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005618 E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
5619 TID->getQualifier(), TID->getQualifierRange(),
5620 Fn, TID->getTemplateNameLoc(),
5621 true,
5622 TID->getLAngleLoc(),
5623 TID->getTemplateArgs(),
5624 TID->getNumTemplateArgs(),
5625 TID->getRAngleLoc(),
5626 Fn->getType(),
5627 /*FIXME?*/false, /*FIXME?*/false);
Douglas Gregor423a4e02009-10-22 18:02:20 +00005628
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005629 // FIXME: Don't destroy TID here, since we need its template arguments
5630 // to survive.
5631 // TID->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor097bfb12009-10-23 22:18:25 +00005632 } else if (isa<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(E)) {
5633 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
5634 /*Qualifier=*/0,
5635 /*QualifierRange=*/SourceRange(),
5636 Fn, E->getLocStart(),
5637 Fn->getType(), false, false);
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005638 } else {
5639 assert(false && "Invalid reference to overloaded function");
5640 }
Anders Carlsson96ad5332009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005641
5642 return E;
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005643}
5644
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005645} // end namespace clang